1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
41 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
43 #include "coff/symconst.h"
44 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
45 #include "coff/mips.h"
49 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
50 enum mips_got_tls_type
{
57 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
58 There are four types of entry:
60 (1) an absolute address
61 requires: abfd == NULL
64 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
65 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
66 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
68 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
69 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
73 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
74 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
77 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
79 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
80 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
84 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
86 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
87 that should be added to the symbol value. */
89 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
90 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
91 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
92 otherwise it is in the global area. */
93 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
96 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
97 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
98 unsigned char tls_type
;
100 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
101 and created the associated relocations. */
102 unsigned char tls_initialized
;
104 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
105 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
106 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
110 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
111 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
112 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
113 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
114 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
116 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
117 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
118 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
119 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
120 struct mips_got_page_ref
125 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
131 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
132 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
134 struct mips_got_page_range
136 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
137 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
138 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
141 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
142 relocations against a given section. */
143 struct mips_got_page_entry
145 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
147 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
148 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
149 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
153 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
157 /* The number of global .got entries. */
158 unsigned int global_gotno
;
159 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
160 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
161 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
162 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
163 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
164 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
165 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
166 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
167 unsigned int local_gotno
;
168 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
169 unsigned int page_gotno
;
170 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
172 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
173 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno
;
174 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
175 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno
;
176 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
177 struct htab
*got_entries
;
178 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
179 struct htab
*got_page_refs
;
180 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
181 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
182 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
183 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
184 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
187 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
189 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
191 /* The output bfd. */
193 /* The link information. */
194 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
195 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
196 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
198 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
199 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
201 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
202 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
204 unsigned int max_count
;
205 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
206 unsigned int max_pages
;
207 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
208 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
209 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
211 unsigned int global_count
;
214 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
215 when laying out the GOT. */
217 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
219 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
220 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
224 struct _mips_elf_section_data
226 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
233 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
234 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
236 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
237 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
238 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
239 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
241 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
242 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
243 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
244 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
245 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
246 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
248 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
249 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
250 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
251 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
252 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
255 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
256 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
257 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
259 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
262 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
263 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
266 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
268 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
272 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
274 to a separate trampoline section.
276 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
277 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
278 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
279 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
280 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
281 asection
*stub_section
;
283 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
286 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
287 in H->root.root.u.def. */
288 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
291 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
293 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
294 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
295 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
296 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
297 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
298 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
299 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
300 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
301 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
303 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
304 the dynamic symbols. */
306 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
308 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
310 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
311 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
312 symbol with a GOT entry. */
313 long min_got_dynindx
;
314 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
315 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
316 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
317 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
318 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
319 symbol without a GOT entry. */
320 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
323 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
324 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
325 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
330 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
333 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
336 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
339 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
340 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
342 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
343 unsigned int need_mips
: 1;
345 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
346 unsigned int need_comp
: 1;
349 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
350 the global hash table. */
352 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
354 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
356 /* External symbol information. */
359 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
360 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
362 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
364 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
366 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
367 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
370 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
371 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
374 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
375 being called returns a floating point value. */
376 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
378 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
379 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
381 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
382 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
383 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
384 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
386 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
387 is against a readonly section. */
388 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
390 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
391 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
392 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
393 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
395 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
396 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
397 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
398 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
399 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
401 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
402 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
403 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
405 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
406 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
407 la25 stub is required. */
408 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
410 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
411 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
412 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
414 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
415 unsigned int use_plt_entry
: 1;
418 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
420 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
422 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
424 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
425 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
427 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
428 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
430 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
431 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
432 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
434 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
435 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
437 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
438 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
440 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
441 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
443 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
446 /* True if we suppress checks for invalid branches between ISA modes. */
447 bfd_boolean ignore_branch_isa
;
449 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
450 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
452 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
453 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
455 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
460 /* The master GOT information. */
461 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
463 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
465 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
467 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
468 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
470 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
471 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size
;
473 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
474 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size
;
476 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
477 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset
;
479 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
480 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset
;
482 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
483 bfd_vma plt_got_index
;
485 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
486 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
488 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
489 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
491 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
492 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
494 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
495 See the comment above that structure for details. */
496 asection
*strampoline
;
498 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
502 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
503 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
504 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
505 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
507 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
509 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
511 /* Small local sym cache. */
512 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
514 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
515 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp
: 1;
518 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
520 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
521 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
522 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
524 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
525 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
527 /* The usual link-wide information. */
528 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
531 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
535 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
537 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
539 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
540 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
542 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
545 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
548 /* The abiflags for this object. */
549 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
550 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid
;
552 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
553 struct mips_got_info
*got
;
555 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
556 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
557 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
558 struct mips_elf_find_line
*find_line_info
;
560 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
561 asection
**local_stubs
;
562 asection
**local_call_stubs
;
564 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
565 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
566 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
567 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
568 asection
*elf_data_section
;
569 asection
*elf_text_section
;
572 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
574 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
575 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
577 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
578 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
579 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
580 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
581 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
582 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
583 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
584 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
585 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
586 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
587 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
588 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
589 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
590 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
591 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
592 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
593 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
594 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
595 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
596 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
597 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
598 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
599 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
600 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
601 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
602 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
603 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
604 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
606 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
611 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
612 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
613 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
617 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
619 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
622 "_procedure_string_table",
623 "_procedure_table_size",
627 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
632 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
633 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
634 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
635 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
636 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
637 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
646 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
647 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
648 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
652 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
653 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
654 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
655 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
656 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
657 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
662 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
663 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
664 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
665 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
666 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
674 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
680 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
682 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
684 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
685 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
686 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
687 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
688 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
689 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
690 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
691 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
693 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
694 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
695 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
696 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
697 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
699 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
700 has different meaning for each type:
703 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
704 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
705 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
706 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
709 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
710 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
711 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
712 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
714 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
715 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
716 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
717 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
719 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
720 loader for use by the static exception system. */
722 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
723 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
724 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
725 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
726 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
727 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
728 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
729 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
730 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
731 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
733 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
735 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
736 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
738 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
739 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
740 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
741 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
742 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
743 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
745 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
746 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
747 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
748 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
749 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
750 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
752 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
753 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
755 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
756 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
757 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
758 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
759 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
761 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
762 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
763 for RM9000 for now. */
764 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
765 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
767 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
768 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
770 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
772 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
773 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
775 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
777 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
778 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
779 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
781 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
782 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
783 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
785 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
786 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
787 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
789 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
790 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
791 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
793 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
794 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
796 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
797 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
798 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
800 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
801 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
802 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
803 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
805 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
806 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
807 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
809 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
810 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
811 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
813 /* The name of the options section. */
814 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
815 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
817 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
818 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
819 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
820 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
822 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
823 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
824 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
826 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
827 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
828 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
829 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
831 /* The name of the stub section. */
832 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
834 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
835 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
836 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
838 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
839 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
840 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
842 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
843 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
844 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
846 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
847 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
848 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
850 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
851 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
852 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
854 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
855 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
856 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
858 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
859 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
860 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
862 /* Get word-sized data. */
863 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
864 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
866 /* Put out word-sized data. */
867 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
869 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
870 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
872 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
873 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
874 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
876 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
877 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
878 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
880 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
881 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
883 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
884 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
885 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
887 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
888 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
889 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
890 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
892 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
893 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
895 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
896 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
898 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
899 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
900 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
902 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
904 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
906 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
907 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
909 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
910 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
911 #define STUB_MOVE 0x03e07825 /* or t7,ra,zero */
912 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
913 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr ra,t9 */
914 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
915 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
916 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
918 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
919 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
921 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
922 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
924 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
925 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
926 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
927 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS 0x001f7a90 /* or t7,ra,zero */
928 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
929 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
930 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
931 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
932 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
933 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
934 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
935 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
936 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
938 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
939 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
941 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
942 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
943 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
944 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
945 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
946 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
948 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
951 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
952 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
953 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
954 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
957 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
958 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
959 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
960 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
961 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
962 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
963 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
964 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
966 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
967 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
969 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
971 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
972 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
975 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
976 floating point arguments.
978 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
979 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
980 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
981 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
982 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
983 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
984 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
985 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
987 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
988 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
989 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
990 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
991 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
992 stub should be discarded.
994 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
995 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
996 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
997 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
998 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
999 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1000 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1003 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1004 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1005 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1007 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1009 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1010 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1011 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1013 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1014 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1015 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1017 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1018 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1020 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1021 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1022 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1023 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1024 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1025 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1026 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1027 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1030 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1031 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1032 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1034 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1035 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1036 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1037 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1038 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1039 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1040 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1041 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1044 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1045 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1046 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1048 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1049 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1050 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1051 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1052 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1053 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1054 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1055 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1058 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1059 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1060 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1061 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1063 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1064 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1066 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1067 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1068 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1069 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1070 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1071 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1072 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1073 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1077 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1078 in the insn32 mode. */
1079 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1081 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1082 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1083 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1084 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1085 0x001f, 0x7a90, /* or $15, $31, zero */
1086 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1087 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1088 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1091 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1092 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1094 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1095 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1096 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1097 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1100 /* In the following PLT entry the JR and ADDIU instructions will
1101 be swapped in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol because
1102 LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P will be true for MIPS R6. */
1103 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1105 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1106 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1107 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1108 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1111 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1112 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1113 directly addressable. */
1114 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1116 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1117 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1118 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1120 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1122 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1125 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1126 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1127 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1129 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1130 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1131 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1132 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1135 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1136 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1138 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1139 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1140 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1141 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1144 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1145 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1147 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1148 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1149 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1150 0x00000000, /* nop */
1151 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1152 0x00000000 /* nop */
1155 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1156 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1158 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1159 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1160 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1161 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1162 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1163 0x00000000, /* nop */
1164 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1165 0x00000000 /* nop */
1168 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1169 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1171 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1172 0x00000000, /* nop */
1173 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1174 0x00000000, /* nop */
1175 0x00000000, /* nop */
1176 0x00000000 /* nop */
1179 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1180 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1182 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1183 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1186 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1189 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1191 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1192 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1195 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1198 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1200 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1203 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1205 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1206 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1207 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1210 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1212 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1213 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1215 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1218 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1219 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1221 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1222 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1225 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1227 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1228 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1230 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1234 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1236 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1237 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1239 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1242 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1244 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1245 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1246 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1248 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1249 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1251 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1254 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1256 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1258 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1259 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1260 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1264 /* Set local fields. */
1265 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1266 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1267 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1270 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1271 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1272 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1273 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1274 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1275 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1276 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1277 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1278 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1279 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1280 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1281 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1282 ret
->use_plt_entry
= FALSE
;
1285 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1288 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1291 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1293 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1298 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1300 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1302 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1303 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1305 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1308 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1311 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1314 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1315 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1318 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1319 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1322 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1325 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1326 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1328 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1329 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1332 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1333 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1336 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1337 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1339 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1341 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1342 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1343 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1346 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1347 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1348 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1349 goto error_return; \
1350 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1351 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1352 goto error_return; \
1355 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1356 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1357 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1358 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1359 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1360 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1362 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1363 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1364 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1365 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1366 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1374 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1376 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1378 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1379 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1380 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1381 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1382 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1383 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1384 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1385 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1386 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1387 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1388 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1390 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1391 free (debug
->ssext
);
1392 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1393 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1394 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1395 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1396 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1397 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1401 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1404 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1406 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1407 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1408 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1409 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1410 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1411 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1413 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1414 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1416 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1419 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1422 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1423 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1424 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1426 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1427 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1429 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1431 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1432 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1436 bfd_size_type count
;
1437 unsigned long sindex
;
1441 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1449 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1451 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1452 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1455 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1457 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1461 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1464 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1465 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1469 size
= sizeof (char *);
1470 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1474 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1475 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1476 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1480 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1483 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1484 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1487 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1490 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1491 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1493 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1494 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1495 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1496 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1497 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1498 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1499 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1500 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1501 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1502 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1504 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1505 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1509 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1510 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1511 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1514 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1518 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1521 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1523 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1524 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1525 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1526 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1528 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1529 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1530 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1532 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1534 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1536 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1538 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1539 matters, but someday it might). */
1540 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1569 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1570 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1573 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1574 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1575 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1578 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
1579 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1580 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1587 /* Create a new symbol. */
1588 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1590 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1591 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1597 /* Make it a local function. */
1598 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1599 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1601 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1603 elfh
->other
= ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfh
->other
);
1607 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1608 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1612 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1613 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1616 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1617 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1623 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1624 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1625 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1626 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1627 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1629 /* Create a new symbol. */
1630 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1632 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1633 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1639 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1640 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1641 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1642 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1643 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1644 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1648 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1649 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1652 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1656 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1657 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1658 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1659 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1660 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1663 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1664 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1665 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1667 static unsigned long
1668 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1669 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1670 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1671 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1673 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1674 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1676 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1677 one in a compound relocation. */
1678 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1679 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1680 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1682 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1683 the traditional behavior. */
1684 if (relocs
< relend
)
1685 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1690 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1694 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1695 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1697 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1698 objects try to call them. */
1699 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1700 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1702 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1703 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1706 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1707 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1709 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1710 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1711 being included in the link. */
1712 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1713 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1714 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1715 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1716 h
->fn_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1719 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1720 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1722 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1723 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1724 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1725 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1726 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1727 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1728 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1729 h
->call_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1732 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1733 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1735 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1736 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1737 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1738 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1739 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1740 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1741 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1742 h
->call_fp_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1746 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1749 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1751 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1753 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1754 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1755 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1759 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1761 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1763 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1764 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1765 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1766 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1767 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1768 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1771 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1772 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1776 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1777 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1780 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1782 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1786 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1787 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1788 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1789 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1795 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1796 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1797 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1798 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1799 entry points are of interest here. */
1802 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1804 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1805 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1806 && h
->root
.def_regular
1807 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1808 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1809 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1810 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1811 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1812 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1815 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1816 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1819 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1822 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1824 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1825 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1830 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1831 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1835 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1836 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1837 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1840 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1841 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1843 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1845 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1848 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1852 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1853 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1856 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1858 /* Create the section. */
1859 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1860 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1861 input_section
->output_section
);
1865 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1866 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1867 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1870 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1872 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1873 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1874 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1875 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1877 /* Allocate room for it. */
1882 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1883 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1884 the function symbol to it. */
1887 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1888 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1890 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1893 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1897 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1898 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1901 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1902 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1903 input_section
->output_section
);
1904 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1906 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1909 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1910 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1911 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1912 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1914 /* Allocate room for it. */
1919 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1920 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1923 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1924 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1926 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1927 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1928 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1933 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1934 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1938 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1939 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1943 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
1947 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
1950 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1951 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1955 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1956 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
1962 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1963 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1964 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
1965 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1967 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
1969 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1970 return (use_trampoline_p
1971 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
1972 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
1975 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1976 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1979 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1981 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
1983 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
1984 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
1985 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
1987 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
1989 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1990 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1991 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
1994 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1995 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1996 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1997 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1999 if (bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
2001 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
2002 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
2004 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
2013 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2014 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2017 The format of these instructions is:
2019 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2020 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2021 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2023 +-----------------------------------------------+
2025 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2026 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2028 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2029 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2030 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2031 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2032 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2033 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2034 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2035 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2036 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2037 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2040 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2041 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2042 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2043 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2044 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2045 value as two 16-bit values.
2047 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2051 +--------+----------------------+
2055 +--------+----------------------+
2058 +----------+------+-------------+
2062 +----------+--------------------+
2063 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2064 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2066 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2067 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2068 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2069 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2070 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2072 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2073 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2074 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2077 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2078 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2079 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2080 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2081 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2083 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2085 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2086 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2087 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2088 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2089 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2091 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2094 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2095 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2096 little-endian system.
2098 Finally R_MIPS16_PC16_S1 corresponds to R_MIPS_PC16, however the
2099 relocatable field is shifted by 1 rather than 2 and the same bit
2100 shuffling is done as with the relocations above. */
2102 static inline bfd_boolean
2103 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2108 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
2109 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
2110 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
2113 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
2114 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
2115 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
2116 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
2117 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
2118 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
2119 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
2120 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
2128 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2130 static inline bfd_boolean
2131 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2133 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
2136 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2137 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2138 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2140 static inline bfd_boolean
2141 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2143 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
2144 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2145 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
2148 static inline bfd_boolean
2149 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2151 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
2152 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
2153 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
2156 static inline bfd_boolean
2157 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2159 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
2160 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
2161 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
2164 static inline bfd_boolean
2165 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2167 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
2170 static inline bfd_boolean
2171 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2173 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
2176 static inline bfd_boolean
2177 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2179 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2182 static inline bfd_boolean
2183 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2185 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2188 static inline bfd_boolean
2189 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2191 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2194 static inline bfd_boolean
2195 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2197 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2198 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2199 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2200 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
);
2203 static inline bfd_boolean
2204 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2206 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2207 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2208 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2209 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCLO16
);
2212 static inline bfd_boolean
2213 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2215 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2218 static inline bfd_boolean
2219 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2221 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2222 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2223 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2226 static inline bfd_boolean
2227 b_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2229 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2230 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2231 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2232 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
2233 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
2234 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2235 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2236 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2239 static inline bfd_boolean
2240 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2242 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2243 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC19_S2
);
2246 static inline bfd_boolean
2247 branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2249 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2250 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2251 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2252 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2253 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
);
2256 static inline bfd_boolean
2257 mips16_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2259 return (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2260 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
);
2263 static inline bfd_boolean
2264 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2266 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2267 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2268 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2269 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2272 static inline bfd_boolean
2273 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2275 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2276 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2277 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2280 static inline bfd_boolean
2281 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2283 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2284 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2285 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2288 static inline bfd_boolean
2289 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2291 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2292 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2293 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2297 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2298 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2300 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2302 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2305 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2306 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2307 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2308 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2309 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2310 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2311 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2312 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2314 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2315 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2316 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2320 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2321 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2323 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2325 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2328 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2329 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2331 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2334 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2336 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2337 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2341 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2342 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2343 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2345 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2346 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2349 bfd_reloc_status_type
2350 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2351 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2352 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2356 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2358 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2361 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2363 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2364 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2366 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2367 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2369 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2370 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2372 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2374 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2375 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2376 an external symbol. */
2378 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2379 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2381 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2383 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2385 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2386 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2390 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2393 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2395 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2398 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2399 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2400 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2405 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2407 asection
*input_section
;
2411 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2413 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2415 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2416 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2417 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2419 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2420 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2421 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2422 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2424 bfd_reloc_status_type
2425 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2426 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2427 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2428 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2430 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2432 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2433 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2435 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2437 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2439 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2441 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2442 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2445 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2446 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2448 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2451 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2452 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2453 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2455 bfd_reloc_status_type
2456 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2457 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2458 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2460 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2461 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2462 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2463 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2464 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2465 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2468 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2469 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2472 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2473 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2474 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2476 bfd_reloc_status_type
2477 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2478 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2479 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2482 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2484 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2485 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2487 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2489 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2490 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2493 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2495 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2496 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2498 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2500 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2501 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2502 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2503 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2504 has a rightshift of 0. */
2505 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2506 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2507 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2508 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2509 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2510 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2512 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2513 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2514 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2516 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2517 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2519 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2522 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2526 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2527 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2531 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2532 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2533 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2535 bfd_reloc_status_type
2536 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2537 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2538 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2539 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2542 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2543 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2545 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2547 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2548 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2550 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2552 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2554 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2555 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2556 offset or address. */
2557 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2558 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2563 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2564 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2565 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2566 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2568 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2569 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2570 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2574 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2575 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2576 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2577 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2578 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2579 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2582 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2584 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2585 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2587 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2588 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2590 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2592 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2595 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2600 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2602 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2605 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2606 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2609 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2612 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2613 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2617 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2618 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2620 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2621 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2625 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2626 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2628 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2629 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2630 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2631 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2632 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2633 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2637 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2638 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2642 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2643 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2644 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2645 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2646 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2647 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2648 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2651 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2652 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2653 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2656 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2659 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2660 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2661 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2662 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2663 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2664 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2668 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2669 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2671 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2672 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2673 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2674 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2675 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2676 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2679 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2680 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2681 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2682 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2683 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2686 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2687 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2689 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2690 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2691 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2692 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2693 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2694 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2695 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2699 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2700 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2702 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2703 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2704 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2705 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2706 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2707 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2708 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2711 /* Swap in an options header. */
2714 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2715 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2717 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2718 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2719 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2720 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2723 /* Swap out an options header. */
2726 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2727 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2729 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2730 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2731 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2732 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2735 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2738 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd
*abfd
,
2739 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
,
2740 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
)
2742 in
->version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->version
);
2743 in
->isa_level
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_level
);
2744 in
->isa_rev
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2745 in
->gpr_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2746 in
->cpr1_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2747 in
->cpr2_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2748 in
->fp_abi
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2749 in
->isa_ext
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2750 in
->ases
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ases
);
2751 in
->flags1
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags1
);
2752 in
->flags2
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags2
);
2755 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2758 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd
*abfd
,
2759 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
,
2760 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
)
2762 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->version
, ex
->version
);
2763 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_level
, ex
->isa_level
);
2764 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_rev
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2765 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->gpr_size
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2766 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr1_size
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2767 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr2_size
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2768 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->fp_abi
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2769 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->isa_ext
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2770 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ases
, ex
->ases
);
2771 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags1
, ex
->flags1
);
2772 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags2
, ex
->flags2
);
2775 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2776 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2779 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2781 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2782 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2785 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2786 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2788 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2792 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2794 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2799 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2802 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2803 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2806 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2807 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2809 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2810 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2811 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2812 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2814 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2816 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2819 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2821 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2830 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2831 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2832 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2833 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2834 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2835 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2836 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2837 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2838 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2839 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2840 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2841 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2842 when generating a final executable. */
2845 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2847 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2849 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2851 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2853 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2854 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2855 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2856 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2857 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2859 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2860 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2861 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2862 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2863 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2871 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2874 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2875 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2876 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2877 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2878 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2879 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2881 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2882 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2886 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2888 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2889 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2890 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2892 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2893 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2894 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2896 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2898 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2899 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2900 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2901 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2903 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
2905 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2906 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2907 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
2910 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2912 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2913 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2914 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2919 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2920 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2922 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2923 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2924 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2925 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2928 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2930 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2931 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2932 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2933 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2934 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2935 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2936 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2937 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2938 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2939 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2940 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2941 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2942 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2943 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2944 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2945 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2946 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2948 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2952 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
2953 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
2956 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
2957 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
2958 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2959 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2961 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
2962 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2963 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
2964 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2966 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2967 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2968 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2969 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
2970 + sec
->output_offset
2971 + output_section
->vma
);
2973 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2977 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
2979 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2980 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2982 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
2984 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
2985 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
2986 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2987 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
2988 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2990 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2993 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2994 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2995 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
2996 + sec
->output_offset
2997 + output_section
->vma
);
2999 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
3004 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
3005 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
3008 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
3015 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
3018 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3020 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
3021 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
3023 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
3026 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
3028 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
3031 static INLINE hashval_t
3032 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
3035 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
3042 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3044 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
3046 return (entry
->symndx
3047 + ((entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
3048 + (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
3049 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
3050 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
3051 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
3052 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
3056 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
3058 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
3059 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
3061 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
3062 && e1
->tls_type
== e2
->tls_type
3063 && (e1
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? TRUE
3064 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
3065 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
3066 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
3067 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
3071 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_
)
3073 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
3075 ref
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref_
;
3076 return ((ref
->symndx
>= 0
3077 ? (hashval_t
) (ref
->u
.abfd
->id
+ ref
->symndx
)
3078 : ref
->u
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
)
3079 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref
->addend
));
3083 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_
, const void *ref2_
)
3085 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref1
, *ref2
;
3087 ref1
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref1_
;
3088 ref2
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref2_
;
3089 return (ref1
->symndx
== ref2
->symndx
3090 && (ref1
->symndx
< 0
3091 ? ref1
->u
.h
== ref2
->u
.h
3092 : ref1
->u
.abfd
== ref2
->u
.abfd
)
3093 && ref1
->addend
== ref2
->addend
);
3097 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3099 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
3101 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
3102 return entry
->sec
->id
;
3106 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
3108 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
3110 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
3111 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
3112 return entry1
->sec
== entry2
->sec
;
3115 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3117 static struct mips_got_info
*
3118 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
)
3120 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3122 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3126 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3127 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3128 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3131 g
->got_page_refs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash
,
3132 mips_got_page_ref_eq
, NULL
);
3133 if (g
->got_page_refs
== NULL
)
3139 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3140 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3142 static struct mips_got_info
*
3143 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3145 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3147 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd
))
3150 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3151 if (!tdata
->got
&& create_p
)
3152 tdata
->got
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
3156 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3159 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3161 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3163 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd
));
3164 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3167 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3168 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3169 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_entries
);
3170 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_refs
);
3171 if (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
)
3172 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
);
3177 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3178 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3179 if creation fails. */
3182 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3188 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
3189 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3190 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
3191 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
3193 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
3198 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3201 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
3202 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
3208 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3211 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
3213 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3216 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3219 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3222 return GOT_TLS_NONE
;
3225 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3228 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
3245 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3246 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3250 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
3251 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3254 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3255 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3257 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
), h
)
3258 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
3261 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3263 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3264 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3273 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
3279 return bfd_link_pic (info
) ? 1 : 0;
3286 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3290 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3291 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
3292 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
)
3294 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3296 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
3297 g
->relocs
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3299 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3301 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
3302 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
3304 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
3307 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3310 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3312 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3317 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3319 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3321 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3322 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3324 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3326 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3327 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3329 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3332 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3333 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3335 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3338 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3341 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3342 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
,
3343 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3346 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3348 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3349 bfd_vma got_offset
, got_offset2
;
3350 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3352 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3356 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
3361 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3363 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
),
3365 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
3366 || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3367 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3370 if (entry
->tls_initialized
)
3373 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3375 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3376 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3379 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3380 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3381 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3382 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3383 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3385 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3386 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3387 got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3389 switch (entry
->tls_type
)
3392 /* General Dynamic. */
3393 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3397 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3398 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3399 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3400 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3403 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3404 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3405 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3406 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3408 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3409 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3413 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3414 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3415 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3416 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3421 /* Initial Exec model. */
3425 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3426 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3428 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3429 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3431 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3432 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3433 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3434 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3437 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3438 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3442 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3443 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3444 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3445 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3446 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3448 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
3449 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3450 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3452 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3453 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3454 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3455 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3462 entry
->tls_initialized
= TRUE
;
3465 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3466 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3467 will be negative. */
3470 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3471 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3473 bfd_vma got_address
, got_value
;
3474 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3476 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3477 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3479 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3480 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3482 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3483 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3484 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
3485 + (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
3486 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info
->output_bfd
)));
3488 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3489 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3490 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3491 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3493 return got_address
- got_value
;
3496 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3497 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3498 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3499 offset can be found. */
3502 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3503 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3504 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3506 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3507 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3509 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3510 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3512 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3513 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3517 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3518 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, info
, entry
, h
, value
);
3519 return entry
->gotidx
;
3522 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3525 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3526 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3528 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3529 long global_got_dynindx
;
3530 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3533 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3534 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3536 global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3537 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3538 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3540 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3541 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3542 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3544 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3545 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
);
3546 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3547 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd
));
3548 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3553 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3554 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3557 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*ibfd
,
3558 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3560 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3561 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3562 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3565 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3566 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3568 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3571 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3572 if (!lookup
.tls_type
&& g
== mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
))
3573 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd
, info
, h
);
3577 lookup
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3578 entry
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3581 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3582 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3584 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3586 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3588 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3589 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3590 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3591 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3592 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3593 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3595 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd
, info
, entry
, lookup
.d
.h
, value
);
3600 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3601 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3602 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3603 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3604 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3607 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3608 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3610 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3611 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3613 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3614 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3615 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3620 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3623 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3628 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3629 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3630 symbol that binds locally. */
3633 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3634 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3636 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3638 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3639 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3640 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3641 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3643 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3645 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3646 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3647 same in all cases. */
3648 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3649 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3651 return entry
->gotidx
;
3656 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3660 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3661 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3663 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3667 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3668 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3670 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
3671 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3672 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3674 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3677 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3678 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3679 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3682 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3683 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3684 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3685 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3686 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3689 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3691 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3692 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3695 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3696 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3698 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3701 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, FALSE
);
3702 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3705 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3707 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3709 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3710 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3713 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3716 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3720 lookup
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3721 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3729 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3732 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3733 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3740 lookup
.d
.address
= value
;
3741 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3745 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3749 if (g
->assigned_low_gotno
> g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
3751 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3753 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3754 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3758 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3762 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3763 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3764 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type
)
3765 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
))
3766 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_low_gotno
++;
3768 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_high_gotno
--;
3773 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
, htab
->root
.sgot
->contents
+ entry
->gotidx
);
3775 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3776 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3778 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3781 bfd_vma got_address
;
3783 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3784 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
3785 + htab
->root
.sgot
->output_offset
3788 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3789 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3790 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3791 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3792 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3798 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3799 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3800 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3801 the current linking stage. */
3803 static bfd_size_type
3804 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3806 bfd_size_type count
;
3809 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3810 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3813 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3815 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3816 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3817 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3818 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3819 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3825 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3826 appear towards the end. */
3829 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3831 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3832 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3833 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3835 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3836 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3838 if (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
== 0)
3846 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3847 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3848 = (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3849 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3850 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
, &hsd
);
3852 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3853 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3854 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3855 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3856 == htab
->root
.dynsymcount
);
3857 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
== g
->global_gotno
);
3859 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3860 table index in the GOT. */
3861 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3866 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3867 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3871 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3873 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3875 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3877 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3880 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3883 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3887 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3888 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3891 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3892 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3893 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3894 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3901 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3902 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3903 hash table directly). */
3906 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3907 struct mips_got_entry
*lookup
)
3909 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3910 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3911 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3912 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3914 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3915 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3917 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3921 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3922 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3925 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3929 lookup
->tls_initialized
= FALSE
;
3930 lookup
->gotidx
= -1;
3935 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3936 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
3940 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3949 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3950 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3951 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3954 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3955 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3956 bfd_boolean for_call
, int r_type
)
3958 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3959 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
3960 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3961 unsigned char tls_type
;
3963 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3964 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3966 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3968 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
3970 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3972 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3974 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3978 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3981 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3985 tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3986 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
&& hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_NORMAL
)
3987 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
3991 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3992 entry
.tls_type
= tls_type
;
3993 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
3996 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
3997 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
4000 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
4001 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
4003 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4004 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4005 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
4007 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4008 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4011 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
4014 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
4015 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
4016 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
4017 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
4020 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
4021 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
4025 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
4026 long symndx
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4027 bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4029 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4030 struct mips_got_info
*g1
, *g2
;
4031 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup
, *entry
;
4032 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
4034 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4035 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4037 g1
= htab
->got_info
;
4038 BFD_ASSERT (g1
!= NULL
);
4043 lookup
.u
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4047 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
4048 lookup
.u
.abfd
= abfd
;
4050 lookup
.addend
= addend
;
4051 loc
= htab_find_slot (g1
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4055 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *loc
;
4058 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4066 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4067 g2
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
4071 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g2
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4081 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4084 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4088 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4090 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4091 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4093 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4094 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4096 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4097 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4102 /* Make room for a null element. */
4103 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4106 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4110 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4111 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4112 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4113 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4116 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4118 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4119 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4121 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4122 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4123 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
4125 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4128 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4129 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4135 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4139 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4140 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4141 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4142 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4145 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4147 struct mips_got_entry new_entry
, *entry
;
4148 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4151 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4152 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4153 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4154 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4155 && (entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4156 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
4158 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4165 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
4166 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4168 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4169 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
);
4172 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4180 if (entry
== &new_entry
)
4182 entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4191 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4196 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4199 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
4201 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4204 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4207 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
,
4208 asection
*sec
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4210 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4211 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
4212 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
4213 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
4216 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4218 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4222 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4223 seen the section. */
4224 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
4227 entry
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4235 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4237 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
4238 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
4239 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
4241 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4242 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4243 a new singleton range. */
4245 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4247 range
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*range
));
4251 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
4252 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4253 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4261 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4262 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4264 /* Update the ranges. */
4265 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
4266 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4267 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
4269 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4271 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
4272 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
4273 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
4276 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4279 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4280 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4281 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
4283 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4284 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4290 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4291 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4292 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4293 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4296 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp
, void *data
)
4298 struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
4299 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4300 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4304 ref
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *refp
;
4305 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4306 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (arg
->info
);
4308 if (ref
->symndx
< 0)
4310 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4312 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4314 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg
->info
, &h
->root
))
4317 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4319 if (!((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4320 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4321 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
))
4324 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4325 addend
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
+ ref
->addend
;
4329 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4331 /* Read in the symbol. */
4332 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ref
->u
.abfd
,
4340 /* Get the associated input section. */
4341 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref
->u
.abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4348 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4349 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4350 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4351 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4352 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4356 secinfo
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
;
4357 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4358 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4359 isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
);
4361 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4362 isym
->st_value
) + ref
->addend
;
4365 addend
= isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
;
4367 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg
, sec
, addend
))
4375 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4376 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4377 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4378 that they require. */
4381 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4382 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4384 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4385 struct mips_got_info oldg
;
4392 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4396 g
->got_entries
= htab_create (htab_size (oldg
.got_entries
),
4397 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4398 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4399 if (!g
->got_entries
)
4402 htab_traverse (oldg
.got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4406 htab_delete (oldg
.got_entries
);
4409 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4410 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4411 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4416 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_refs
, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref
, &tga
);
4421 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4425 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4426 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4428 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4429 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4430 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4431 symbols later if appropriate. */
4432 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
4435 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4436 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4437 if (h
->got_only_for_calls
4438 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4439 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
4442 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4443 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4444 the local rather than global GOT. */
4445 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && h
->has_static_relocs
)
4451 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4452 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4453 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4454 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4455 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4458 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4460 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4461 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4462 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4464 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4465 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4467 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4469 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4470 local or global GOT. */
4471 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
))
4472 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4473 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4474 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4475 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4476 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4477 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4478 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4479 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4480 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4481 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4482 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4483 else if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4485 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4492 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4493 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4496 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4498 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4499 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4502 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4503 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4504 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4513 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4518 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4519 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4522 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4524 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
4525 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4528 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4529 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4530 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4539 arg
->g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4544 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4545 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4546 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4547 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4551 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*from
,
4552 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4553 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4555 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4556 unsigned int estimate
;
4558 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4559 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4560 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4561 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4563 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4565 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4566 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4568 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4569 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4570 conservatively as well. */
4571 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4572 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4574 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4576 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4577 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4580 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4581 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4583 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_entry
, &tga
);
4587 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry
, &tga
);
4591 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, to
);
4595 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4596 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4597 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4598 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4599 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4600 and then make make the new got current. */
4603 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4604 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4606 unsigned int estimate
;
4609 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg
->info
, g
))
4612 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4613 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4614 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4615 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4616 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4618 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4619 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4620 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4621 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4622 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4624 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4626 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4627 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4634 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4635 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4640 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4643 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4648 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4649 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4650 overflows anyway. */
4651 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4657 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4658 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4659 an index in a different GOT. */
4662 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp
, long gotidx
)
4664 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4666 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4667 if (entry
->gotidx
> 0)
4669 struct mips_got_entry
*new_entry
;
4671 new_entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4675 *new_entry
= *entry
;
4676 *entryp
= new_entry
;
4679 entry
->gotidx
= gotidx
;
4683 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4684 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4685 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4688 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4690 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4691 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4693 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4694 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4695 if (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4698 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4699 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
))
4705 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4706 arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
4710 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4711 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4712 symbol to DATA->value. */
4715 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4717 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4718 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4720 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4721 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4722 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4723 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4724 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4725 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4729 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4730 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4731 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4732 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4735 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4737 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4738 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4740 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4741 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4742 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4743 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4744 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4746 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
))
4751 arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
+= 1;
4753 if (bfd_link_pic (arg
->info
)
4754 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4755 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4756 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4757 arg
->g
->relocs
+= 1;
4763 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4764 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4765 lazy-binding stubs. */
4768 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4770 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4771 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4772 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4774 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4775 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4776 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4777 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4779 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4780 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4781 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4783 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4784 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4790 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4793 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4798 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4802 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4806 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4807 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4810 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4811 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4814 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4815 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4817 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4818 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4819 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4820 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4821 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4824 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4825 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4826 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4830 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4831 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4832 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4833 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4834 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4835 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4836 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4837 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4838 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4839 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4841 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4843 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4844 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4845 to be the primary GOT. */
4846 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4848 gg
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4849 if (gg
&& !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd
, gg
, &got_per_bfd_arg
))
4853 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4854 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4855 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4857 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4858 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4860 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4864 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4865 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4866 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4867 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4869 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, g
);
4871 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4872 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4873 those that are actually referenced. */
4874 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4875 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4878 tga
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4879 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4880 tga
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4881 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4883 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4884 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4885 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4886 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4887 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4888 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4889 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4890 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4891 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4892 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4893 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4894 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4895 points back to the master GOT. */
4896 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4897 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4904 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4906 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4907 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= assign
;
4908 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4909 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4910 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
4911 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4913 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4914 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4915 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4920 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4921 all non-TLS entries. */
4922 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
4924 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4925 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
4928 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
4930 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4933 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4934 lazy-binding stubs. */
4936 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
4940 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4943 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
4945 unsigned int save_assign
;
4947 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4948 relocations they need. */
4949 save_assign
= g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4950 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
4952 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4954 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx
, &tga
);
4957 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
);
4958 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= save_assign
;
4960 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4962 g
->relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4963 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
4964 + g
->next
->global_gotno
4965 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
4966 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4968 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4970 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4973 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
4980 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4981 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4983 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
4984 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
4985 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4986 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
4988 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4990 while (relocation
< relend
)
4992 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
4993 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
4999 /* We didn't find it. */
5003 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
5006 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
5007 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5008 asection
**local_sections
)
5010 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5011 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5014 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5015 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5016 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5018 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5020 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
5026 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
5029 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5031 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
5032 /* VALUE is negative. */
5033 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
5038 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5039 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5043 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5045 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
5047 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
5048 /* The value is too big. */
5050 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
5051 /* The value is too small. */
5058 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5061 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
5063 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5066 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5069 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5072 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5079 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5082 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5085 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5092 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5095 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5096 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5099 register asection
*s
;
5101 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
5103 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5106 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
5108 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5109 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5112 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
5118 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5121 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5124 register asection
*s
;
5125 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5126 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5127 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5129 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5130 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5132 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5133 if (htab
->root
.sgot
)
5136 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5137 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5139 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5140 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5141 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
5143 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
5145 htab
->root
.sgot
= s
;
5147 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5148 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5149 are not creating a global offset table. */
5151 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5152 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5153 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5156 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5159 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5160 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
5161 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
5163 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5164 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5167 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
5168 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
5169 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5171 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5172 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
5173 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
5176 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5179 htab
->root
.sgotplt
= s
;
5184 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5185 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5186 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5189 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5191 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
5192 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
5193 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5194 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5197 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5198 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5199 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5203 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
5204 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5206 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5207 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5208 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5209 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5210 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5211 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5218 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5219 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
5220 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5221 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5222 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5223 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5224 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5228 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5235 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5236 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5237 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5239 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5240 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5241 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5243 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5244 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5245 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5246 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5248 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5249 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5250 asection
*input_section
,
5251 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5252 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5253 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5254 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5255 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5257 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
5258 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
5260 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5262 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5265 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5266 shared object file being produced. */
5268 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5271 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5273 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5274 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5275 during execution. */
5276 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5277 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5279 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5280 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5281 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5283 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5284 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a section
5286 bfd_boolean section_p
= FALSE
;
5287 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5288 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5289 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5290 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5291 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5292 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5294 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5296 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5297 relocation value. */
5298 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5299 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5300 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5301 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5302 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5305 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5306 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5307 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5309 /* Parse the relocation. */
5310 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5311 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5312 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5313 + input_section
->output_offset
5314 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5316 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5317 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5319 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5320 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5321 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5322 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5324 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5325 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5326 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5329 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5330 must come before globals. */
5334 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5337 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5338 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5340 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5341 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5343 section_p
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
;
5345 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5346 if (!section_p
|| (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5347 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5348 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && section_p
)
5350 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5352 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5355 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5356 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5359 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5360 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5361 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5363 if (*namep
== NULL
|| **namep
== '\0')
5364 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
5366 /* For relocations against a section symbol and ones against no
5367 symbol (absolute relocations) infer the ISA mode from the addend. */
5368 if (section_p
|| r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
5370 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && !micromips_p
;
5371 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && micromips_p
;
5373 /* For relocations against an absolute symbol infer the ISA mode
5374 from the value of the symbol plus addend. */
5375 else if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
5377 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && !micromips_p
;
5378 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && micromips_p
;
5380 /* Otherwise just use the regular symbol annotation available. */
5383 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5384 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5389 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5391 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5392 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5393 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5394 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5395 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5396 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5397 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5399 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5400 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5402 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5403 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5404 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5405 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5407 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5408 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5409 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5410 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5414 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5415 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5416 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5417 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5420 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5421 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5422 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5424 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5425 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5426 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5428 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5429 if (sec
->output_section
)
5430 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5431 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5432 + sec
->output_offset
);
5434 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5436 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5437 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5438 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5439 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5442 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5443 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5445 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5446 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5448 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5449 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5450 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5451 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5452 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5454 BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_pic (info
));
5455 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5458 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5460 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5461 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5462 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5463 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5464 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5465 which is available from here:
5466 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5471 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
5472 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5473 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
5474 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
5475 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
));
5476 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5479 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5480 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
5483 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5484 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5486 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5488 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5489 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5491 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5492 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5493 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5495 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5496 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5498 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5499 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5500 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5502 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5503 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5507 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5512 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5515 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5516 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5517 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5518 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5527 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5528 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5529 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5531 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5532 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5533 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5534 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5535 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5536 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5538 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5539 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5540 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->use_plt_entry
) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5543 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5546 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5547 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5549 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5554 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5556 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5558 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5565 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5568 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5571 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5572 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5574 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5576 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5577 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5578 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5580 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5581 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5582 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5583 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
5586 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5587 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5588 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5589 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5591 else if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5592 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
5593 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5596 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
5597 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
5599 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5601 sec
= htab
->root
.splt
;
5602 symbol
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
5603 + sec
->output_offset
5604 + htab
->plt_header_size
5605 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
5606 + h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
5609 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= !micromips_p
;
5610 target_is_micromips_code_p
= micromips_p
;
5613 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5614 if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5615 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5618 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5619 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5622 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5623 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5624 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5625 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5626 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5628 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5629 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5630 && ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5631 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5632 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5633 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5634 || ((branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5635 || r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5636 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5637 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5639 local_p
= (h
== NULL
|| mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
));
5641 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5642 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5644 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5649 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5650 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5651 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5652 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5654 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5655 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5659 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5660 to need it, get it now. */
5663 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5664 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5667 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5668 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5669 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5670 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5671 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5672 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5673 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5674 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5675 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5676 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5677 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5678 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5680 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5681 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5682 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5683 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5684 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5685 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5686 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5687 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5688 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5689 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5691 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5692 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5694 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5698 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5699 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5700 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5701 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5702 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5703 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5705 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5706 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5707 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5711 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5712 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
5714 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5715 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5716 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5717 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->root
.sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5720 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5721 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5722 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5726 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5727 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5729 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5732 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5733 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5737 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5738 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5739 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5741 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5745 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5746 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5748 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5749 + input_section
->output_offset
5750 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5751 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5752 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5753 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5755 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5756 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5758 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5759 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5762 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5765 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5769 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5772 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5773 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5774 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5775 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5781 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5782 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5784 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5785 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5786 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5787 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5789 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5790 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5791 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5793 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5794 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5795 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5796 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5797 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5798 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5800 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
5808 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5812 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5813 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5817 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5821 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5822 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5826 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5827 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5828 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5829 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5830 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5832 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5836 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5837 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
5839 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& !section_p
)
5840 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
5845 /* Make sure the target of a jump is suitably aligned. Bit 0 must
5846 be the correct ISA mode selector except for weak undefined
5848 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5849 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
5850 ? (value
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
5851 : (value
& ((1 << shift
) - 1)) != (r_type
!= R_MIPS_26
)))
5852 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5855 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5856 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
5857 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5861 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5862 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5863 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5864 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
5868 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5869 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5870 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5871 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5872 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5873 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5876 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5877 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5878 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5879 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
5883 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5884 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
5885 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
5886 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5887 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5888 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5893 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
5896 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
5897 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5901 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5902 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5903 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5907 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5908 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5909 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5910 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5911 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
5912 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
5913 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5914 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5915 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5916 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
5917 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
5919 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
5925 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
5926 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
5928 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5931 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5932 for this conditional. */
5933 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
5934 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
5935 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5936 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
5937 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
5939 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
5940 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5941 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5942 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5943 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5946 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5947 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5950 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5951 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5952 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5953 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5954 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5955 not check for overflow here. */
5959 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5960 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
5961 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5962 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5963 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5968 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
5969 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5970 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5971 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5972 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5973 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5974 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
5975 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
5976 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5977 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5978 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5979 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5980 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5981 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
5982 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5983 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5984 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5985 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5989 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5990 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5993 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5994 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5997 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5998 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5999 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
6000 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
6001 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
6003 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
6004 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
6005 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6006 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6008 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6009 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6016 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6017 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6018 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6019 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
6020 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6021 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
6022 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
6023 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6024 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6025 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6027 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6030 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6031 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
6033 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6037 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
6038 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6039 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18);
6041 /* No need to exclude weak undefined symbols here as they resolve
6042 to 0 and never set `*cross_mode_jump_p', so this alignment check
6043 will never trigger for them. */
6044 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
6045 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 1
6046 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0)
6047 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6049 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6050 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6051 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
6052 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6053 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6056 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
6057 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6058 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6060 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6061 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6062 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6063 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6064 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6066 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6067 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6068 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6069 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6070 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6073 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
6074 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6075 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 23);
6077 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6078 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6080 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6081 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6082 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 23);
6083 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6084 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6087 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
6088 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6089 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28);
6091 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6092 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6094 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6095 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6096 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 28);
6097 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6098 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6101 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3
:
6102 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6103 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6105 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 7)
6106 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6108 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 7) ^ 7);
6109 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6110 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6111 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6112 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6115 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2
:
6116 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6117 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6119 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6120 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6122 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6123 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6124 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6125 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6126 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6130 value
= mips_elf_high (symbol
+ addend
- p
);
6131 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6132 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6133 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6137 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6138 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6139 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6140 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6143 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
6144 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6145 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8);
6147 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6148 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6149 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6150 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6151 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6153 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6154 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6155 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
6156 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6157 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6160 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
6161 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6162 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11);
6164 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6165 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6166 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6167 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6168 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6170 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6171 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6172 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
6173 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6174 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6177 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
6178 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6179 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6181 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6182 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6183 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6184 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6185 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6187 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6188 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6189 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6190 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6191 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6194 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
6195 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6196 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25);
6197 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
6198 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6199 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
6200 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6201 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6204 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6205 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6206 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6207 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6208 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6209 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6210 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6212 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
6213 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6216 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6217 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6218 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6219 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6220 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
6223 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6224 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6225 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
6226 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6227 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6228 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6229 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6232 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6233 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6235 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
6238 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6242 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
6243 value
= symbol
- addend
;
6244 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6248 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
6249 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
6250 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6253 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
6254 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
6255 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
6256 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6259 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6260 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6261 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
6262 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6266 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
6267 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6268 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6269 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6270 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6271 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6272 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6276 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6277 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6278 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6279 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6282 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6283 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
6286 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6288 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
6291 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
6294 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6295 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6296 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
6299 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6300 unsigned int size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6302 /* Obtain the bytes. */
6304 x
= bfd_get (8 * size
, input_bfd
, location
);
6309 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6310 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6311 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6313 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6314 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6316 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6319 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6320 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6321 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6322 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
6323 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
6324 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
6328 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
6331 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6332 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6334 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
6336 /* Obtain the current value. */
6337 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
6339 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6340 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
6342 /* Set the field. */
6343 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
6345 /* Detect incorrect JALX usage. If required, turn JAL or BAL into JALX. */
6346 if (!cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6348 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6350 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
? opcode
== 0x7
6351 : r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
? opcode
== 0x3c
6354 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6355 (_("%X%H: Unsupported JALX to the same ISA mode\n"),
6356 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6360 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6363 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6364 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
6366 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6367 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
6369 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
6372 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
6374 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
6379 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
6383 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6384 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6387 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6388 (_("%X%H: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; "
6389 "consider recompiling with interlinking enabled\n"),
6390 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6394 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6395 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
6397 else if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& b_reloc_p (r_type
))
6399 bfd_boolean ok
= FALSE
;
6400 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 16;
6401 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
= 0;
6405 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
6407 ok
= opcode
== 0x4060;
6411 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
)
6413 ok
= opcode
== 0x411;
6418 if (ok
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
6420 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6421 + input_section
->output_offset
6422 + relocation
->r_offset
6424 dest
= addr
+ (((value
& 0x3ffff) ^ 0x20000) - 0x20000);
6426 if ((addr
>> 28) << 28 != (dest
>> 28) << 28)
6428 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6429 (_("%X%H: Cannot convert branch between ISA modes "
6430 "to JALX: relocation out of range\n"),
6431 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6435 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6436 x
= ((dest
>> 2) & 0x3ffffff) | jalx_opcode
<< 26;
6438 else if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->ignore_branch_isa
)
6440 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6441 (_("%X%H: Unsupported branch between ISA modes\n"),
6442 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6447 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6449 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6450 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6451 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6452 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
6453 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6454 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6455 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6456 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6457 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
6458 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6459 && x
== 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
6465 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6466 + input_section
->output_offset
6467 + relocation
->r_offset
6469 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6470 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6474 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6476 if (x
== 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
6477 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6479 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6483 /* Put the value into the output. */
6484 size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6486 bfd_put (8 * size
, input_bfd
, x
, location
);
6488 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !bfd_link_relocatable (info
),
6494 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6495 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6496 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6497 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6500 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6501 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6502 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6503 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6504 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6505 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6507 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6512 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
6513 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6515 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6516 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6518 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6519 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6520 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
6521 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6522 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6523 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6526 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6527 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6528 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6530 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6531 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6532 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6533 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6536 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6537 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6540 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6542 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6543 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6544 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6549 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6550 in the relocation. */
6551 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6553 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6554 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6555 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6556 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6558 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6559 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6560 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6561 undefined symbols. */
6566 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6568 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6570 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6575 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6578 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6579 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6585 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6586 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6587 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6588 local symbols because we used to generate them
6589 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6590 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6591 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6592 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6593 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6594 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6596 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6597 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6598 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6599 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6600 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6605 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6606 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6607 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6608 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6609 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6612 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6613 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6614 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6616 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6617 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6618 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6621 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6622 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6623 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6624 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6625 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6626 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6627 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6628 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6629 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6630 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6631 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6632 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6633 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6634 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6637 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6639 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6640 correct location in the output file. */
6641 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6642 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6643 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6644 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6645 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6646 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6648 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6649 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6650 relocation format is non-standard. */
6651 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6653 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6654 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6656 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6658 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6660 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6661 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6662 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6663 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6665 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6668 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6669 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6670 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6672 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6673 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6675 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6676 will be writing to it. */
6677 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6680 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6681 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6683 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6688 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6690 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6691 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6692 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6693 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6694 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6695 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6697 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6698 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6699 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6701 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6702 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6703 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6704 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6705 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6706 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6707 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6711 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6712 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6714 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6715 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6720 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6723 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6725 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6727 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6728 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6730 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6731 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6733 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6734 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6736 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6737 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6739 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6740 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6742 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6743 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6745 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6746 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6748 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6749 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6751 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6752 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6754 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6755 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6757 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6758 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6760 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6761 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6763 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6764 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6766 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
:
6767 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
6769 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
:
6770 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
;
6772 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6773 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6775 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6776 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6778 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6779 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6782 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6786 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6789 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6792 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6795 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
6798 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
6800 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
6801 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
6803 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
6804 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
6806 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
6807 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
6809 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
6810 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
6812 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
:
6813 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
;
6815 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
:
6816 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
;
6823 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6825 static INLINE
char *
6826 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
6830 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
6831 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
6834 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
6836 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
6840 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
6842 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
6844 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
6846 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
6849 return "unknown abi";
6853 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6854 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6855 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6856 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6857 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6858 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
6859 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6860 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6862 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6863 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6864 definition in a shared library. */
6865 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
6866 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6867 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6869 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6872 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
6874 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
6876 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6877 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
6878 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
6880 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6881 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6882 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6883 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6884 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6885 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6886 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6888 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6889 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
6890 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
6891 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6892 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6893 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6894 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
6895 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6896 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6897 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6899 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6903 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6904 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6905 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6906 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
6907 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6910 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6911 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6913 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6914 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
6915 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6916 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6917 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6918 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6919 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
6920 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6921 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6922 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6924 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6925 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
6928 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6929 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6934 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
6936 if (section
!= NULL
)
6938 asym
->section
= section
;
6939 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6940 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6941 base address to make it an offset. */
6942 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6949 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
6951 if (section
!= NULL
)
6953 asym
->section
= section
;
6954 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6955 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6956 base address to make it an offset. */
6957 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6963 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6964 or microMIPS one. */
6965 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
6966 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
6969 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd
))
6970 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6971 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6973 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6974 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6978 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6979 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6981 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6982 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6983 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6984 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6985 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6987 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6988 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6989 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6990 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6992 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6993 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6994 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6995 We therefore take the following approach:
6997 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6998 determine the pointer size.
7000 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
7001 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
7005 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
7006 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
7007 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
7008 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
7009 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
7011 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
7012 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
7016 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
7018 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
7020 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
7022 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
7024 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
7025 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
7026 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
7033 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
7034 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
7035 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
7044 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
7045 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
7046 same address. For example, if we have code like:
7048 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
7049 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
7052 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
7053 will jump there rather than to .text.
7055 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
7056 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
7059 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
7061 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
7064 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
7065 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
7066 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
7070 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
7072 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
7073 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
7077 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
7078 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
7081 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
7084 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7085 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7089 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
7090 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
7091 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
7092 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
7094 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7096 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
7097 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
7098 so that we don't have to read them again.
7099 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
7100 through the section contents to see if there is an
7101 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
7103 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
7105 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7106 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7108 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7110 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7112 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7115 /* xgettext:c-format */
7116 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
7117 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7120 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7127 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7128 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
7131 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7132 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
7135 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7142 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7143 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
7146 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7147 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7154 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
7156 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
7158 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
7159 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
7160 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
7161 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
7162 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
7163 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
7164 on it in an input file will be followed. */
7165 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7166 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
7167 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
7168 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7169 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
7170 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7171 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
7173 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
7175 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
7177 unsigned int adjust
;
7179 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
7181 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
7189 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7190 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7191 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
7193 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
7197 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
7198 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
7204 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7205 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7206 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7207 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7208 probably get away with this. */
7209 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
7211 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7212 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
7216 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
7219 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
7220 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
7223 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7224 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7227 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
7228 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
7231 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
7232 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
7234 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
7236 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
7237 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
7238 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7240 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7242 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
7243 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7246 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7247 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7250 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7251 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7254 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
:
7255 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7257 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7259 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
7260 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7261 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7264 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7265 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7268 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7269 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7270 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7277 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
7282 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7283 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
7289 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
7291 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
7293 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7294 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7296 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd
, &ext
,
7297 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
);
7298 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.version
!= 0)
7300 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
7303 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7305 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7306 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7307 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7308 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7309 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7311 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
7314 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7315 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7317 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
7318 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
7321 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7322 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7323 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7324 they should agree. */
7325 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7327 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7329 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7330 if (contents
== NULL
)
7332 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
7339 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7340 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7342 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7344 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7346 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7349 /* xgettext:c-format */
7350 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
7351 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7354 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7356 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
7358 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7360 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
7361 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7363 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7365 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7367 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
7369 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7371 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
7372 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7374 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7384 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7385 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7386 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7389 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
7391 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7393 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
7395 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
7396 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7397 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7399 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
7400 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
7401 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7403 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
7404 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
7405 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7407 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
7408 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
7409 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
7411 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
7412 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7413 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7414 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7415 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7417 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7419 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
7421 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7422 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7423 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7424 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7426 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7427 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7429 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7432 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7434 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7435 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
7436 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
7437 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
7439 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7440 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7442 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7443 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
7446 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
7447 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
7448 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7449 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
7450 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
7451 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
7452 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7453 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7455 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
7456 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7458 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7460 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
7461 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7462 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7464 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7466 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7467 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7468 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7470 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7472 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
7473 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
);
7475 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7476 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7478 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
7480 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7481 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7482 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7483 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
7484 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7486 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7488 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7489 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7490 final_write_processing. */
7492 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7493 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7495 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7496 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7497 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7499 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7501 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7502 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7503 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7506 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7507 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7508 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7509 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7510 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7515 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7516 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7517 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7518 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7519 the .scommon section. */
7522 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7523 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7525 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7527 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7530 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7532 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7538 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7539 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7542 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7543 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7544 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7545 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7547 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7548 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7549 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7551 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7556 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7557 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7558 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7559 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7560 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7561 is not done for them. */
7563 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7564 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7570 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7573 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7574 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7575 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7576 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7577 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7580 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7581 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7582 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7583 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7587 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7588 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7590 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7591 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7592 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7594 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7595 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7598 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7599 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7600 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7603 /* Initialize the section. */
7605 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7606 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7608 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7609 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7611 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7612 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7613 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7614 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7615 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7616 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7617 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7619 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7620 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7621 so I took it out. */
7622 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7625 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7626 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7628 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7629 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7631 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7632 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7633 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7635 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7636 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7639 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7640 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7641 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7644 /* Initialize the section. */
7646 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7647 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7649 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7650 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7652 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7653 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7654 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7655 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7656 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7657 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7658 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7660 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7661 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7662 so I took it out. */
7663 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7666 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7667 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7671 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7672 && ! bfd_link_pic (info
)
7673 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7674 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7676 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7677 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7679 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7681 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7682 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7683 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7686 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7689 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7691 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7694 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7695 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7698 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7699 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7700 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7701 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7707 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7708 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7709 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7712 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7713 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7714 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7715 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7717 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7718 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7719 common in the output file. */
7720 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7721 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7722 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7724 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7725 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7730 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7732 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7735 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7737 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7738 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7740 register asection
*s
;
7741 const char * const *namep
;
7742 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7744 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7745 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7747 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7748 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7750 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7752 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7754 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7757 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
7762 /* We need to create .got section. */
7763 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7766 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
7769 /* Create .stub section. */
7770 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7771 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7774 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7775 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7779 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7780 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7781 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
7783 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
7784 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
7786 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7787 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7791 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7792 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7793 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7794 the linker takes such action. */
7795 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7797 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
7800 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7801 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
7802 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7805 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7808 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7810 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7814 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7815 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7817 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
7821 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7822 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
7824 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7826 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7828 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7830 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7832 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7835 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7837 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7839 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7841 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7844 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
7848 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7850 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7851 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
7852 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7855 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7858 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7860 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7863 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
7865 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7866 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7867 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7868 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7869 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
7870 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7872 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7874 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7875 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
7876 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7879 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7882 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7884 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7886 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7890 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7891 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
7892 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
7895 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7896 if (htab
->is_vxworks
7897 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
7903 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7904 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7905 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7908 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7909 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7910 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7912 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7913 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7915 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7916 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7917 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
7918 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
7920 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7921 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7922 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7925 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7926 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7927 of the section that REL is against. */
7930 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7931 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
7934 unsigned int r_type
;
7938 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7939 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7941 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7942 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7943 bytes
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
7944 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7946 addend
= bytes
& howto
->src_mask
;
7948 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. Adjust the addend
7950 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
&& (bytes
>> 26) == 0x3c)
7956 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7957 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7958 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7959 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7960 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7963 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
7964 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7965 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
7966 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
7968 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
7969 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7970 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7973 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7974 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
7975 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7976 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
7977 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
7978 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
)
7979 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_PCLO16
;
7981 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7983 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7984 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7985 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7988 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7990 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7991 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7992 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7993 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7994 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7995 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7997 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7998 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7999 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
8000 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
8001 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
8004 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
8005 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
8006 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
8008 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
8009 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
8016 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
8017 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
8018 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
8021 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
8026 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
8027 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
8029 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
8033 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
8036 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
8038 static struct plt_entry
*
8039 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd
*abfd
)
8041 struct plt_entry
*entry
;
8043 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
8047 entry
->stub_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8048 entry
->mips_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8049 entry
->comp_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8050 entry
->gotplt_index
= MINUS_ONE
;
8054 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
8055 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
8056 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
8059 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8060 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
8064 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8065 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8067 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
8068 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
8070 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8071 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8074 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8076 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8079 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8080 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8082 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8083 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8084 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
8085 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8087 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8088 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8090 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
8092 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
8093 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
8095 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8097 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8100 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8104 /* xgettext:c-format */
8105 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8106 " stub section `%s'"),
8108 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8112 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8113 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8117 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8118 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
8119 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
8120 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8122 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8123 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8125 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8126 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8127 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8128 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8132 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8134 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8137 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8138 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8139 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8140 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
8143 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8152 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8153 not need it. Since this function is called before
8154 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8155 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8157 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8161 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
8163 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
8165 unsigned long symcount
;
8169 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8170 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8172 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8173 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8174 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8177 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
8180 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8181 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8183 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8184 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8185 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8186 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8190 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8192 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8193 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8195 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8196 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8197 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8199 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8201 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8202 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8203 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8204 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8205 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8206 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
8208 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8212 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8214 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8217 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8219 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8220 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8223 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8226 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8230 /* xgettext:c-format */
8231 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8232 " stub section `%s'"),
8234 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8238 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8239 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8243 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8244 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8245 that refers to this symbol. */
8246 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8248 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8249 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8251 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8252 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8253 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8254 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8258 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8260 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8263 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8264 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8265 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8266 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
8269 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8278 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8279 not need it. Since this function is called before
8280 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8281 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8283 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8287 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8289 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
8291 unsigned long symcount
;
8295 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8296 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8298 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8299 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8300 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8303 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
8306 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8307 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8309 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8310 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8311 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8312 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8316 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8317 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8319 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8321 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8322 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
8324 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
8326 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8327 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8328 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8329 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8330 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8333 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8337 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8339 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8345 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
8347 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8348 unsigned int r_type
;
8349 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8350 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
8351 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p
;
8352 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p
;
8354 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8355 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8357 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
8359 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
8362 /* xgettext:c-format */
8363 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8365 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8370 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
8373 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8374 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8375 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8377 /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the
8379 h
->root
.non_ir_ref
= 1;
8383 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8384 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8385 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
8387 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8388 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8389 call_reloc_p
= FALSE
;
8391 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8392 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8393 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8394 .debug* should have no effect. */
8395 constrain_symbol_p
= ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0);
8400 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8401 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8402 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8403 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8404 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8405 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8406 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8410 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8411 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8412 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8413 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8414 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8415 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8417 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8418 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8419 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8420 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8421 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8422 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8423 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8424 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8425 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8426 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8427 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8428 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8429 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8430 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8432 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8433 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
8435 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8438 /* xgettext:c-format */
8439 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
8440 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8441 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8444 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8449 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8450 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8451 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8452 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8455 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8456 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8457 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
8458 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8459 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8460 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8461 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8462 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8463 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8464 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8470 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8471 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8472 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8474 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8475 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8476 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8477 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8478 against a read-only section. */
8479 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
8481 && !htab
->is_vxworks
8482 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8483 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
8484 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
8485 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
8486 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8488 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8490 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8496 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
8497 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
8499 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
8500 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8501 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8502 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8503 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8504 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8505 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8511 if (constrain_symbol_p
)
8513 if (!can_make_dynamic_p
)
8514 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= 1;
8517 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
8519 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8520 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8521 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8522 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8523 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& (!can_make_dynamic_p
|| !call_reloc_p
))
8524 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8527 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8528 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8529 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8530 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8534 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8538 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8539 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8540 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8541 relocations against the text segment. */
8542 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8545 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8546 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8547 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8548 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
8550 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8551 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8552 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8553 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8554 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8555 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8556 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8557 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8558 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8559 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
8564 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8565 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8566 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
8571 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8572 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8576 /* xgettext:c-format */
8577 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8578 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8579 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8584 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8585 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8586 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8587 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8590 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8591 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8592 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8593 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
,
8597 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8598 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8599 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8605 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8606 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8607 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8609 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8610 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8611 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8612 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8613 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8614 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8616 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8617 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8618 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8620 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8622 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8624 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8625 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8627 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8628 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8631 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8634 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8635 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8641 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8642 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8644 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8645 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8646 && ! (bfd_link_pic (info
) && ! info
->symbolic
8647 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8651 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8652 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8655 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8656 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8657 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8662 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8663 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8664 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8665 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8666 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8669 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8670 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8671 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8672 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8674 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8680 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8681 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8682 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8683 for TLS GD relocations. */
8686 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8692 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8702 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8703 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8704 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8705 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
8709 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8713 if (bfd_link_pic (info
) && h
== NULL
)
8715 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8716 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8717 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8718 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8719 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8720 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8721 relocations against the text segment. */
8722 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8726 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8728 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8729 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8730 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8731 it will be left as zero.
8733 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8734 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8736 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8737 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8739 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8740 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8741 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8742 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8743 are relocations against the text segment. */
8744 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8748 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8749 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8750 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8754 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8755 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
8756 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8757 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8758 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8759 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
8760 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
8761 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8762 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8763 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8766 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8767 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8768 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8769 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8773 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8774 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8775 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8776 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
8778 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8786 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
8787 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
8788 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
8789 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
8790 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
8791 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
8794 && (branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
8795 || mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
8796 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
8797 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8799 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8800 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd
);
8801 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8804 if (branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
8805 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
8807 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
8810 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8811 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8812 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8813 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8815 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
8816 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
8818 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
8820 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8821 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8824 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8825 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8826 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8827 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8828 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8829 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8836 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
8837 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
8838 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
8839 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
8840 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8841 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8842 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
8845 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8846 and has a special meaning. */
8847 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
8848 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8851 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8852 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8859 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8860 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8862 /* xgettext:c-format */
8863 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8865 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
8866 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8878 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
8879 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8882 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8883 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
8884 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8885 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8887 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
8888 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8889 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
8891 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8894 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
))
8897 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8898 link_info
->keep_memory
);
8899 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
8902 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
8903 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8904 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8905 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8907 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
8910 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
8911 unsigned int r_type
;
8912 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8914 unsigned long instruction
;
8916 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8917 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8918 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8919 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8920 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
8923 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8924 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8925 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
8927 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
8928 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8929 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8931 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8932 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8933 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8935 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8937 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8938 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8939 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
8940 || (bfd_link_pic (link_info
) && ! link_info
->symbolic
8941 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
8944 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
8945 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
8946 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
8947 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8948 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
8950 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
8954 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8956 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8957 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
8959 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
8960 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8961 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
8962 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
8964 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8968 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
8969 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8971 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
8972 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8973 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
8974 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
8977 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
8978 symval
= isym
->st_value
8979 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8980 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8983 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8985 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
8986 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
8988 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8989 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
8994 /* Check that it's in range. */
8995 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
8998 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8999 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
9002 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
9004 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
9005 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
9006 instruction
= 0x04110000;
9007 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
9008 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
9009 instruction
= 0x10000000;
9013 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
9014 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
9015 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
9018 if (contents
!= NULL
9019 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
9021 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
9025 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
9026 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
9032 if (contents
!= NULL
9033 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
9038 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9041 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9043 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
9045 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9046 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9048 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9049 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9051 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9052 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9054 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
9055 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
9056 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9059 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
9060 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
9061 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9064 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
9065 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
9066 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
9067 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9068 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
9069 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
9070 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
9071 || bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9073 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
9075 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9077 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
9078 non-default visibility. */
9079 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
9082 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
9084 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
9086 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
9093 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
9094 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
9095 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
9096 relocations against it.
9098 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
9099 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
9101 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9103 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
9104 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
9105 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
9108 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
9109 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
9110 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
9111 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
9112 against the text segment. */
9113 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9120 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
9121 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
9122 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
9123 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
9127 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9128 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9131 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9132 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9135 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9136 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9138 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9139 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9141 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
9142 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
9144 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
9147 && !h
->def_regular
)));
9149 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9151 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
9152 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
9153 only do this if all references to the function are through call
9154 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
9155 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
9157 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
9158 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
9159 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9161 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9164 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
9165 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
9166 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
9167 executable and the shared library. */
9168 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9170 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
9171 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9175 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9176 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9178 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9179 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9180 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9181 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9182 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9183 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9184 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9185 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9186 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
9187 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9188 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
9189 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9190 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9192 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9193 bfd_boolean newabi_p
= NEWABI_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9195 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9196 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9197 for PLT offset calculations. */
9198 if (htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
== 0)
9200 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9201 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_got_index
== 0);
9203 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9204 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9205 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9206 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9207 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
9208 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->root
.splt
, 5))
9211 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9212 for the same reason as above. */
9213 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->root
.sgotplt
,
9214 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
9217 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9219 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9221 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
9222 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9224 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9225 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9226 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9227 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9229 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9230 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9231 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9232 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
9233 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9234 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9235 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
9237 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9238 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9239 else if (!micromips_p
)
9241 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9242 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9243 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9244 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9246 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9248 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9249 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9250 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9251 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9255 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9256 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9257 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9258 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9262 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9263 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj
);
9264 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9267 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9268 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9270 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9271 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9272 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9273 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9278 || hmips
->call_fp_stub
)
9280 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9281 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= FALSE
;
9284 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9285 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9286 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9287 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9288 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9289 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9290 if (!h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
&& !h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9293 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
9295 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9298 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
)
9300 h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
= htab
->plt_mips_offset
;
9301 htab
->plt_mips_offset
+= htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
;
9303 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9305 h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
= htab
->plt_comp_offset
;
9306 htab
->plt_comp_offset
+= htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
;
9309 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9310 h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
= htab
->plt_got_index
++;
9312 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9313 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9314 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && !h
->def_regular
)
9315 hmips
->use_plt_entry
= TRUE
;
9317 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9318 htab
->root
.srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
9319 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
9320 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
9322 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9323 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9324 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9326 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9327 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9328 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9333 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9334 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9335 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9336 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
9338 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9339 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
9340 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9341 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9345 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9346 in regular objects. */
9350 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9351 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9352 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
9355 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9356 some that we can't convert. */
9357 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
9359 _bfd_error_handler (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9360 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9361 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9362 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9366 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9367 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9368 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9369 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9370 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9371 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9372 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9373 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9374 same memory location for the variable. */
9376 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
9378 s
= htab
->root
.sdynrelro
;
9379 srel
= htab
->root
.sreldynrelro
;
9383 s
= htab
->root
.sdynbss
;
9384 srel
= htab
->root
.srelbss
;
9386 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9388 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9389 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9391 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9395 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9396 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9397 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9399 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
9402 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9403 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9404 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9407 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9408 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9411 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9412 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9414 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9415 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9417 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9418 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
9420 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9422 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9423 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9425 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
9428 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9430 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9431 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
9438 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9441 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9445 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9446 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
9447 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
9449 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
9450 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9452 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9453 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9455 s
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
9459 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9462 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9463 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9464 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== 0);
9465 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9466 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
9468 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
9469 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9470 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9472 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9473 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9474 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
9476 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info
, g
))
9479 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9480 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9482 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9484 asection
*subsection
;
9486 for (subsection
= ibfd
->sections
;
9488 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
9490 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
9492 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
9493 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
9497 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9498 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9499 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9500 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9503 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9504 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9505 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
9507 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9509 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
9510 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
9512 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
9513 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
9515 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9516 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9517 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9519 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9520 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9522 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
9524 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
9529 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9530 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9531 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9532 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
))
9533 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd
, g
);
9534 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd
, g
);
9536 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9537 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
9540 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9541 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
9544 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
9545 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
9547 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9548 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9549 g
->relocs
+= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9551 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9553 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, g
->relocs
);
9559 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9562 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9564 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9565 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
9567 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9568 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9570 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9573 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9574 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9575 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9577 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9578 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9579 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9581 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9582 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9584 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9585 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9586 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9587 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9588 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9589 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
9590 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9591 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9592 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9593 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9594 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9595 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9596 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9598 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9599 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9600 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9602 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9605 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9606 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9607 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9610 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9612 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
= data
;
9613 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9614 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9618 output_bfd
= hti
->output_bfd
;
9619 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9620 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9622 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9624 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9625 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9626 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9628 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
9629 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9630 h
->root
.plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab
->sstubs
->owner
);
9631 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9636 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9637 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
+ isa_bit
;
9638 h
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9639 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9640 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9645 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9646 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9649 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9651 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
9652 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9653 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9654 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9655 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9656 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9657 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9660 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9661 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9663 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9666 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9668 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9670 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, &hti
);
9673 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9674 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9675 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9677 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9678 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9679 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->sstubs
, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9682 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9689 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9690 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9691 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9692 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9695 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9697 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= data
;
9698 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9699 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9704 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9705 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9707 if (h
->use_plt_entry
)
9709 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
9710 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
9711 || h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
9713 val
= htab
->plt_header_size
;
9714 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9717 val
+= h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
9723 val
+= htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
;
9724 other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: STO_MIPS16
;
9727 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9728 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9730 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9733 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->root
.splt
;
9734 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
9735 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9741 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9744 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9745 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9748 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9749 bfd_boolean reltext
;
9750 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9752 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9753 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9754 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9755 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9757 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9759 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9760 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9762 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9763 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9765 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9767 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9770 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9771 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9772 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9773 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9774 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9775 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9777 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9778 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9780 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9781 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9782 if (htab
->root
.splt
&& htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
!= 0)
9784 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
)
9785 && !htab
->plt_mips_offset
);
9786 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9787 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9788 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9791 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9792 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9793 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
->size
== 0);
9795 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9796 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
9797 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9798 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
9799 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9800 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
9801 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
9802 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9803 else if (!micromips_p
)
9804 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9805 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9806 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9808 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9810 htab
->plt_header_is_comp
= micromips_p
;
9811 htab
->plt_header_size
= size
;
9812 htab
->root
.splt
->size
= (size
9813 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
9814 + htab
->plt_comp_offset
);
9815 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
= (htab
->plt_got_index
9816 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9818 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
, info
);
9820 if (htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
9822 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->root
.splt
,
9823 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9824 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
9829 h
= htab
->root
.hplt
;
9830 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9836 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9837 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
9839 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
9841 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
9844 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
9846 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9847 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9850 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9854 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9855 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9856 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
9858 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
9861 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
9865 const char *outname
;
9868 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9869 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9870 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9871 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9872 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9874 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
9876 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
9878 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
9879 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9880 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
9883 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9884 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9885 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
9888 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9889 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9890 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9891 will move them around between input sections'
9892 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9893 broken, so don't let it run. */
9894 info
->combreloc
= 0;
9897 else if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9898 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
9899 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
9901 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9902 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9903 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9905 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9906 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
9907 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
9908 else if (s
== htab
->root
.splt
)
9910 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9911 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9912 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9913 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
9914 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
9917 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
9918 && s
!= htab
->root
.sgot
9919 && s
!= htab
->root
.sgotplt
9920 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
9921 && s
!= htab
->root
.sdynbss
9922 && s
!= htab
->root
.sdynrelro
)
9924 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9930 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
9934 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
9937 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9938 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
9939 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
9941 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
9946 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9948 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9949 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9950 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9951 the .dynamic section. */
9953 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9954 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9955 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9956 may only look at the first one they see. */
9957 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
9958 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
9961 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9962 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
, 0))
9965 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9966 used by the debugger. */
9967 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9968 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9969 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
9972 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
9973 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9975 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
9977 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
9980 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9981 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9982 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9983 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9984 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
9987 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
9990 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9991 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9993 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9994 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9995 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9997 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
10000 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
10003 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
10009 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
10011 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
10014 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
10017 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
10021 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
10024 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
10027 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
10030 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
10033 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
10036 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
10039 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
10042 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
10043 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
10046 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
10047 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
10048 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
10049 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
10052 if (htab
->root
.splt
->size
> 0)
10054 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
10057 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
10060 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
10063 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
10066 if (htab
->is_vxworks
10067 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
10074 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
10075 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
10076 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
10077 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
10080 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10081 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10082 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
10084 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
10085 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
10088 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10090 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10091 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10092 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
10093 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
10095 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
10096 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
10099 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10100 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
10102 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
10103 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10105 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10106 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
10109 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
10110 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10111 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
10115 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
10116 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
10117 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
10118 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
10119 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
10120 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
10121 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
10122 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
10123 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
10124 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
10125 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
10127 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
10128 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
10129 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
10132 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10133 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10134 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10135 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
10136 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
10137 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
10138 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
10139 bfd_byte
*contents
)
10141 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10142 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10143 unsigned int r_type
;
10146 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
10148 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
10149 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
10151 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10157 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
10158 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
10159 howto
, i
, contents
);
10164 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
10167 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10168 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10169 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
10170 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10171 asection
**local_sections
)
10173 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
10174 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
10175 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
10176 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10177 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10179 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10180 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10181 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
10185 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10186 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
= FALSE
;
10187 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
10189 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
10190 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10192 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10194 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10195 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10196 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
10198 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
10199 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10201 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10202 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10204 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10205 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10206 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10208 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10213 unsigned long extsymoff
;
10216 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10217 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10218 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10219 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10220 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10221 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10224 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10225 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10226 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10229 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10231 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10232 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
10233 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
10237 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
10239 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10240 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10241 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10242 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10243 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10244 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10245 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
10247 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10249 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10250 rel
->r_offset
+= 4;
10253 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
10255 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10256 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10257 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10258 RELA relocation. */
10259 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10262 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
10263 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
10265 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10266 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10267 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
10270 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
10271 contents
, &addend
))
10274 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10276 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10277 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
10280 /* xgettext:c-format */
10281 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
10282 input_bfd
, input_section
, name
, howto
->name
,
10287 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
10290 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
10291 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10292 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
10295 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10297 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
10298 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10299 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10301 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
10303 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
10304 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
10305 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
10306 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
10307 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
10308 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
10309 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
10311 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
10313 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10314 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10315 source of the addend in the final link. */
10316 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
10318 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10319 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10320 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10321 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10322 but for endianness. */
10328 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10330 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10337 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10338 do two separate stores. */
10339 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10341 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10343 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10344 high_bits
= addend
;
10349 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10351 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10352 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10353 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10354 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10358 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
10359 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10364 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10368 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10369 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10370 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10372 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
10373 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
10374 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
10375 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
10377 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10379 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10380 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
10381 input_section
, info
, rel
,
10382 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
10383 local_sections
, &value
,
10384 &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
10385 use_saved_addend_p
))
10387 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
10388 /* There's nothing to do. */
10391 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
10392 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10393 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10394 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10395 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10398 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
10399 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10400 info
->callbacks
->warning
10401 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10404 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10405 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10406 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10407 a given location. */
10411 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10413 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10414 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10415 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
10416 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
10417 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
10418 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
10420 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10421 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10423 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
10424 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
10426 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10427 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
10428 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10435 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10437 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10438 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10439 ? _("Cannot convert a jump to JALX "
10440 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10441 : (howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_26
10442 ? _("Jump to a non-word-aligned address")
10443 : _("Jump to a non-instruction-aligned address")));
10444 else if (b_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10445 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10446 ? _("Cannot convert a branch to JALX "
10447 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10448 : _("Branch to a non-instruction-aligned address"));
10449 else if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10450 msg
= _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10453 info
->callbacks
->einfo
10454 ("%X%H: %s\n", input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, msg
);
10457 /* Fall through. */
10464 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10465 until we reach the last one. */
10466 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10472 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10473 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10474 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10475 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10476 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10477 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10478 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10479 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10485 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10487 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10494 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10495 do two separate stores. */
10496 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10498 /* Undo what we did above. */
10499 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10500 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10502 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10508 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10510 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10511 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10512 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10513 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10517 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10518 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
10519 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10520 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
10527 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10528 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10531 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
10533 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
10534 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10535 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
10538 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
10540 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
10541 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
10542 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
10543 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10545 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10546 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
10550 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
10559 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10560 offset
= stub
->offset
;
10562 /* Work out the target address. */
10563 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
10564 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10566 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10567 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
10569 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
10571 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10572 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10573 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
10575 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10577 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10578 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
10580 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10581 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
10586 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10587 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10592 /* This is trampoline. */
10594 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10596 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10597 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
10598 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10599 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
10600 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10601 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10602 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10606 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10607 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
10608 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10609 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10615 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10616 adjust it appropriately now. */
10619 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10620 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10622 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10623 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10624 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
10627 "__dso_displacement",
10629 "__program_header_table",
10633 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
10641 const char* const *p
;
10644 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
10645 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
10648 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
10650 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10652 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10653 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10655 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10657 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10659 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10665 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10666 dynamic sections here. */
10669 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10670 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10671 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10672 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10676 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
10679 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10680 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10682 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10683 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10684 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10685 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10687 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
10689 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10690 && (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
10691 || h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
))
10693 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10695 bfd_vma header_address
, got_address
;
10696 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
10700 got_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10702 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10703 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10704 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
!= NULL
);
10705 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10706 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
10708 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10709 isa_bit
= htab
->plt_header_is_comp
;
10710 header_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10711 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
+ isa_bit
);
10713 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10714 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10715 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
10716 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10718 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10719 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10721 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10722 loc
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->contents
+ got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10723 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10724 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10726 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10728 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10729 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10730 if (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10732 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10733 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10735 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10737 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
10739 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10740 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10742 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10743 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
10745 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10747 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
))
10748 plt_entry
= mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
;
10750 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
10751 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
10752 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
,
10755 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
))
10757 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
10758 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10762 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
10763 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
,
10768 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10769 if (h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10771 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10773 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_header_size
+ htab
->plt_mips_offset
10774 + h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
);
10776 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
10778 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10779 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10781 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10782 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
10784 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10786 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10787 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], loc
+ 2);
10788 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10789 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10790 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10791 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10792 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, got_address
, loc
+ 12);
10794 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10796 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10798 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10799 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_high
, loc
+ 2);
10800 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10801 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 6);
10802 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10803 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10804 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 12);
10805 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 14);
10809 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10810 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset
;
10811 bfd_vma loc_address
;
10813 BFD_ASSERT (got_address
% 4 == 0);
10815 loc_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10816 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
+ plt_offset
);
10817 gotpc_offset
= got_address
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
10819 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10820 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10823 /* xgettext:c-format */
10824 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' "
10825 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10827 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
10828 htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
,
10829 (long) gotpc_offset
);
10830 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10833 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
10834 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
10835 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
10836 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10837 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10838 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10839 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10843 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10844 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->root
.srelplt
,
10845 got_index
- 2, h
->dynindx
,
10846 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
10848 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10849 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10850 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10851 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10852 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10853 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10854 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym
->st_other
);
10862 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10864 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10865 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
10866 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
10867 bfd_vma stub_size
= htab
->function_stub_size
;
10868 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
10869 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
10870 bfd_vma stub_big_size
;
10873 stub_big_size
= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10874 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10875 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10877 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10879 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10881 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10883 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size
== stub_big_size
|| h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff);
10885 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10886 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10888 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
10891 /* Fill the stub. */
10895 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
10900 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10901 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10906 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10909 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10911 long dynindx_hi
= (h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff;
10913 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10914 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi
),
10920 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS
,
10926 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10930 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10931 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10932 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10933 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10934 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10936 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10937 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10938 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10941 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10942 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
,
10949 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10951 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE
, stub
+ idx
);
10953 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10955 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
10959 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
10962 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10963 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10964 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10965 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10967 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10968 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10971 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
10975 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
10976 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
,
10979 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
10980 only for the referenced symbol. */
10981 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10983 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10984 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10985 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10986 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
10987 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
10988 + h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
10990 sym
->st_other
= other
;
10993 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10994 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10996 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
10998 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
10999 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
11000 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
11001 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
11002 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
11005 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
11006 || h
->forced_local
);
11008 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11009 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11010 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11012 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
11013 the symbols that need them. */
11014 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11019 value
= sym
->st_value
;
11020 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11021 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11024 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
11026 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
11032 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
11035 e
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_NONE
;
11037 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11040 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
11043 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
11044 BFD_ASSERT (offset
> 0 && offset
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
11045 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
11046 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
11048 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
11049 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
11051 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
11052 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
11053 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
11054 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
11055 appropriate addend. */
11056 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11058 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11059 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11060 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
11062 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
11063 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
11066 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11067 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
11068 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
11072 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
11073 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11078 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
11079 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
11080 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
11081 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
11082 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11083 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
11084 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
11086 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11087 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11090 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
11092 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11093 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11094 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
11096 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11098 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
11099 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
11101 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11102 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
11104 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11106 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
11108 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11109 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
11110 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
11111 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11113 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
11115 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
11116 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
11117 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
11118 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11122 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11128 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11129 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11131 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11132 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11133 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11134 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11135 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
11136 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
11139 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
11140 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
11141 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
11143 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
11144 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
11145 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
11147 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11148 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
11150 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
))
11152 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11153 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MICROMIPS
;
11159 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
11162 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11163 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11164 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11165 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11169 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
11170 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11171 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
11173 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11174 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11175 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11176 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
11178 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
11181 bfd_vma plt_address
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
11182 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11183 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11184 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
11185 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
11187 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
11188 gotplt_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
11190 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11191 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
!= NULL
);
11192 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
11193 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
11195 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
11196 plt_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11197 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
11200 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11201 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11202 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
11203 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11205 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11206 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11207 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
11209 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11210 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11211 branch_offset
= -(plt_offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11213 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11214 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
11215 (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->contents
11216 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
)));
11218 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11219 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
11221 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11223 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
11224 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11225 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11229 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
11231 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
11232 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11233 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
11235 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11236 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11237 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
11238 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
11239 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11240 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11241 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11242 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11244 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
11245 + (gotplt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11247 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11248 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11249 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11250 rel
.r_addend
= plt_offset
;
11251 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11253 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11254 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11255 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
11256 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11257 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
11258 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11260 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11261 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11263 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11264 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11267 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11268 loc
= (htab
->root
.srelplt
->contents
11269 + gotplt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11270 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11271 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
11273 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11275 if (!h
->def_regular
)
11276 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11279 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
11281 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11282 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11283 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11285 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11286 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11289 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
11293 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11294 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11295 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11297 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11298 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11299 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11300 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
11301 + sgot
->output_offset
11303 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11304 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
11305 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
11308 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11311 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11315 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11317 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11318 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11319 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11320 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
11322 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
11323 srel
= htab
->root
.sreldynrelro
;
11325 srel
= htab
->root
.srelbss
;
11326 loc
= srel
->contents
+ srel
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11327 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11328 ++srel
->reloc_count
;
11331 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11332 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
11333 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
11338 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11341 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11344 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
11345 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11346 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11348 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11349 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11351 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11352 plt_entry
= mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
;
11353 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
11354 plt_entry
= mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11355 else if (!htab
->plt_header_is_comp
)
11356 plt_entry
= mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11357 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11358 plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11360 plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11362 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11363 gotplt_value
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11364 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
);
11365 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11366 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
11368 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11369 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11370 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x7fffffff) == 0
11371 || ~(gotplt_value
| 0x7fffffff) == 0);
11373 /* Install the PLT header. */
11374 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
;
11375 if (plt_entry
== micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11377 bfd_vma gotpc_offset
;
11378 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11381 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value
% 4 == 0);
11383 loc_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11384 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
);
11385 gotpc_offset
= gotplt_value
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11387 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11388 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11391 /* xgettext:c-format */
11392 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11394 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
11395 htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
,
11396 (long) gotpc_offset
);
11397 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11400 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11401 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11402 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11403 for (i
= 2; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11404 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11406 else if (plt_entry
== micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11410 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11411 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_high
, loc
+ 2);
11412 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11413 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 6);
11414 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11415 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 10);
11416 for (i
= 6; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11417 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11421 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
11422 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11423 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
11424 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11425 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11426 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11427 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11428 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11434 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11435 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11438 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11440 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11442 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
11443 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11444 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11446 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11447 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11449 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
11451 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11452 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11453 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11454 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11456 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11457 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
11459 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11460 plt_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11461 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
);
11463 /* Install the PLT header. */
11464 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
;
11465 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
11466 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11467 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
11468 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11469 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11470 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11472 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11473 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
11474 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
11475 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11477 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11478 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11480 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11481 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11482 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
11483 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11484 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11485 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11487 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11488 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11489 in which symbols were output. */
11490 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
11492 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11494 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11495 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11496 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11497 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11499 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11500 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11501 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11502 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11504 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11505 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11506 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11507 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11511 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11514 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11517 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11519 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11520 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11522 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11523 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11524 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
11525 htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
11528 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11531 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11532 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11537 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
11538 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11540 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11541 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11543 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11545 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11547 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11548 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
11550 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11553 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
11555 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11556 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
11558 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd
, FALSE
);
11559 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11561 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11562 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11563 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11565 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11569 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11571 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11572 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11574 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11580 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
11584 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11585 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
11589 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11591 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
11595 s
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11596 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11599 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
11600 s
= htab
->root
.sgotplt
;
11601 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11604 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
11605 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
11608 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
11609 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
11612 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
11616 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
11620 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
11622 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11625 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
11627 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11630 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
11631 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
11632 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11633 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
11636 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
11637 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
11640 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
11641 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11642 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11643 referenced within the same object. */
11644 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
11647 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
11648 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
11650 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
11653 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11654 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11655 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO. */
11656 /* Fall through. */
11658 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
11660 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11661 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
11664 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
11666 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11669 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
11670 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
11673 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
11675 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11676 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11679 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11680 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11683 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11685 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP tag stores the absolute address of the
11687 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11688 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11692 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
11694 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11695 bfd_vma dt_addr
, rld_addr
;
11696 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11699 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11700 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11703 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11705 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL tag stores the offset to the debug
11706 pointer, relative to the address of the tag. */
11707 dt_addr
= (sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
11708 + (b
- sdyn
->contents
));
11709 rld_addr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11710 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11711 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= rld_addr
- dt_addr
;
11715 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
11716 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
11717 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
11718 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
11722 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11723 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11724 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
11726 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
11730 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11731 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->root
.srelplt
->size
;
11735 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11736 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->root
.srelplt
->output_section
->vma
11737 + htab
->root
.srelplt
->output_offset
);
11741 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11742 the dynamic tag. */
11743 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11745 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11746 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11751 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11752 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11753 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11754 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
11756 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11760 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11761 if (htab
->is_vxworks
11762 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
11767 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
11768 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11769 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
11773 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
11778 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
11779 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
11780 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
11783 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
11784 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
11786 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11788 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
11789 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
11790 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
11791 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
11792 to the lazy resolution stub. */
11793 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
11794 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
11796 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11797 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11798 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11800 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11804 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
11805 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
11806 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
11807 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
11808 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11809 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11812 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
11813 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11816 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
11817 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
11819 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11820 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
11822 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11823 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
11825 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11827 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
11828 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
11830 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
11831 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11832 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11834 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11836 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
11839 for (; got_index
< g
->local_gotno
; got_index
++)
11841 if (got_index
>= g
->assigned_low_gotno
11842 && got_index
<= g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
11845 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
11846 = got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11847 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11848 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
11849 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
11850 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
11852 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
11857 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
11858 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
11861 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11864 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11866 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11868 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11869 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11870 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11872 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11875 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11876 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11878 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11884 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
11885 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
11886 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
11887 are trailing null entries. */
11888 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11889 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
11890 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
11891 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
11892 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
11893 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
11894 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
11895 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
11900 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11905 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11912 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
11914 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11916 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
11917 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
11921 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
11923 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
11924 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
11927 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
11928 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
11931 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
11932 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
11934 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
11936 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
11937 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
11938 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
11939 htab
->function_stub_size
);
11944 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
11945 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
11946 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
11947 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
11948 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
11950 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11952 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
11954 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
11956 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11957 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11958 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
11959 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
11961 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11962 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
11963 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
11968 if (htab
->root
.splt
&& htab
->root
.splt
->size
> 0)
11970 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11972 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11973 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11975 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11979 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_link_pic (info
));
11980 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
))
11988 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
11991 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
11995 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
11998 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
11999 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
12002 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
12003 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
12006 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
12007 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
12010 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
12011 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
12012 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
12013 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
12014 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
12017 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
12018 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
12021 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
12022 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
12025 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
12026 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
12029 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
12030 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
12033 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
12034 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
12037 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
12038 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
12041 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
12042 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
12045 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
12046 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
12049 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
12050 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
12053 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
12054 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
12055 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
12056 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
12057 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
12058 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
12059 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
12060 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
12063 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
12064 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
12067 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
12068 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
12071 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
12072 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
12075 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
12076 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
12079 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
12080 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
;
12083 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
12084 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
12085 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
12088 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
:
12089 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
;
12092 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
12093 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
12096 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
12097 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
12100 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
12101 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
12104 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
12105 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
12108 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
12109 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
:
12110 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5
:
12111 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
12114 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
12115 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3
:
12116 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5
:
12117 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
12120 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
:
12121 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
;
12124 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
:
12125 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
;
12128 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
12129 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
12134 /* Whether to sort relocs output by ld -r or ld --emit-relocs, by r_offset.
12135 Don't do so for code sections. We want to keep ordering of HI16/LO16
12136 as is. On the other hand, elf-eh-frame.c processing requires .eh_frame
12137 relocs to be sorted. */
12140 _bfd_mips_elf_sort_relocs_p (asection
*sec
)
12142 return (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0;
12146 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
12147 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
12148 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
12151 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
12152 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12155 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
12159 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
12160 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
12161 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
12162 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
12163 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
12165 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
12166 info for each special section. */
12167 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
12168 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
12171 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
12173 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
12174 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
12175 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
12177 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12180 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
12181 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12182 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12183 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12184 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
12185 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
12186 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12187 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12190 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
12191 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12192 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12193 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12194 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
12195 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12196 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
12197 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12198 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12201 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
12202 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
12204 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12205 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
12207 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12210 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
12211 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12212 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12213 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
12214 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
12215 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12216 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
12219 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
12220 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12222 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
12224 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12225 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12232 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
12236 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
12237 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12242 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12243 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12244 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
12247 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12248 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12251 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12252 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
12253 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12254 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
12257 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12258 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
12259 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
12260 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
12263 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12264 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12265 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12266 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12272 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12275 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
12276 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12279 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
12282 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12284 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12285 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12287 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12288 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
12293 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12297 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
12299 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12301 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12302 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12304 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12305 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12313 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12315 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12316 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12318 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12319 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
12324 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12328 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
12330 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12332 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12333 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12335 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12336 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12344 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12345 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12346 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12348 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
12349 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12350 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12351 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12353 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
12355 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
12356 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12361 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
12363 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12365 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12366 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12369 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12371 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
12372 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12373 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
12374 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
12375 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
12376 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
12377 options_segment
->count
= 1;
12378 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
12379 *pm
= options_segment
;
12385 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
12387 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12388 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12389 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
12390 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
12391 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
12393 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12394 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
12399 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12403 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
12405 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
12410 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
12415 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12418 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12419 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12420 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
12430 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12431 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12433 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
;
12435 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
12438 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12439 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12440 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12441 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12442 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12443 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12444 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12445 PT_LOAD segment. */
12446 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12449 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
12451 static const char *sec_names
[] =
12453 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12457 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
12459 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
12461 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
12463 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
12464 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12471 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
12472 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
12477 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12478 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12480 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12483 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
12484 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12491 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12493 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12495 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12497 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
12506 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12507 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12509 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12510 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12511 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12512 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12513 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12515 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12516 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12517 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12518 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12519 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12522 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12523 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12525 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12526 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12528 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
12529 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
12533 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
12537 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
12545 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12549 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12550 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12551 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
12552 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12553 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12555 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12558 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
12560 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
12561 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
12565 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
12568 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
12571 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12572 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12573 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12574 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12577 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12578 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12579 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
12580 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
12581 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12582 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12584 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
12587 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12588 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12589 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
12591 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12592 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
12593 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
12595 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
12596 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
12598 case R_MIPS_CALL16
:
12599 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12600 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12601 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12602 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12603 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12604 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12605 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12606 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
12607 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
12608 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12609 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12610 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12611 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12612 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12613 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12614 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12615 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
12616 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
12617 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
12628 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12631 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12632 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12636 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12638 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12642 if (! is_mips_elf (sub
))
12645 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12647 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P
12648 (bfd_get_section_name (sub
, o
)))
12650 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12658 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12659 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12660 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12661 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12664 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12665 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
12666 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
12668 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
12670 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
12672 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
12673 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
12674 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12675 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12676 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
12677 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
12679 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12682 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
12683 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
12684 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
12685 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
12686 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12687 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
12689 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
12690 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
12692 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
12694 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12695 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
12697 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
12699 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
12700 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
12702 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
12704 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
12705 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
12707 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
12708 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
12709 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
12710 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
12711 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
12712 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
12715 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12718 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12719 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12722 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12723 unsigned char *tdata
;
12726 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
12731 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
12733 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
12734 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12737 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
12741 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12742 info
->keep_memory
);
12749 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12750 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
12752 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
12754 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
12763 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
12764 if (o
->rawsize
== 0)
12765 o
->rawsize
= o
->size
;
12766 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
12772 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
12773 free (cookie
->rels
);
12779 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
12781 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
12787 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
12788 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12789 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
12791 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
12794 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
12797 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
12801 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
12802 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
12804 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
12806 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
12809 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
12812 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
12813 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
12817 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
12818 from output by default for clarity. */
12821 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
12823 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
12826 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
12827 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
12829 struct mips_elf_find_line
12831 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
12832 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
12836 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
,
12837 asection
*section
, bfd_vma offset
,
12838 const char **filename_ptr
,
12839 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12840 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
12841 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
12845 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
12846 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12847 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
12848 dwarf_debug_sections
,
12849 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
12850 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
12853 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12854 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12858 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
12861 flagword origflags
;
12862 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
12863 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
12864 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
12866 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
12867 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
12868 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
12869 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
12870 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
12871 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
12873 fi
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
12876 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
12879 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
12880 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
12882 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12885 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12889 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
12891 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12895 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
12896 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
12897 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12898 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
12900 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12903 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
12904 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
12905 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
12906 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
12907 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
12908 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
12909 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
12911 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
12913 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
12914 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
12915 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
12916 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
12917 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
12918 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
12921 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
12922 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12925 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12929 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12932 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
12934 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12935 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12936 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
);
12940 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
12941 const char **filename_ptr
,
12942 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12943 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
12946 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
12947 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
12948 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
12953 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
12954 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
12955 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
12958 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
12959 const void *location
,
12960 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
12962 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
12966 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12968 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
12969 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12970 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12973 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
12976 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
12979 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
12982 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
12985 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
12989 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
12990 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
12993 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
12995 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
12996 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
12998 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
13001 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
13002 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
13003 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13006 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
13007 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
13010 if (reloc_size
< 0)
13013 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
13014 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
13017 /* read in the section */
13018 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
13019 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
13022 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
13026 if (reloc_count
< 0)
13029 if (reloc_count
> 0)
13034 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
13037 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
13038 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
13039 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
13040 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
13041 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
13045 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
13046 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
13053 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
13054 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
13055 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
13058 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
13059 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
13061 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
13063 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
13064 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
13066 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
13068 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
13077 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
13079 char *error_message
= NULL
;
13080 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
13082 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
13083 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
13084 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
13086 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
13087 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
13088 to the generic handling. */
13090 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
13091 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
13092 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
13093 input_section
, relocatable
,
13096 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
13098 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
13103 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
13105 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
13106 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
13110 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
13114 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
13115 (*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
13116 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
13117 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
);
13119 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
13120 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
13121 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
13122 (link_info
, error_message
,
13123 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
13125 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
13126 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
13128 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
13129 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
13130 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
13132 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
13141 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
13142 free (reloc_vector
);
13146 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
13147 free (reloc_vector
);
13152 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
13153 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
13155 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13156 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
13157 bfd_byte
*contents
;
13158 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13159 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13160 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
13161 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
13162 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
13163 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
13164 unsigned int symcount
;
13166 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
13167 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13169 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
13170 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13172 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
13173 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
13174 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
13175 sec
->size
-= count
;
13177 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
13178 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13180 /* Get the new reloc address. */
13181 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
13182 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
13185 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
13186 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
13188 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
13189 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13190 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13191 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
13192 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
13193 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
13195 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
13196 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
13197 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
13198 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13199 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
13201 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
13203 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
13205 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13206 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13207 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
13209 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13211 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
13212 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
13214 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
13222 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
13223 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
13225 struct opcode_descriptor
{
13226 unsigned long match
;
13227 unsigned long mask
;
13230 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
13234 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
13236 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13237 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13239 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13241 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13242 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13245 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13247 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
13248 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13249 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13250 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13253 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
13254 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13256 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
13257 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13259 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
13260 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13262 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
13263 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13265 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
13266 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13268 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
13269 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13272 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13274 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13275 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13276 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13278 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13280 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
13281 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13282 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13283 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13286 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
13287 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13288 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13289 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13292 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
13293 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13294 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13295 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13298 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
13299 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13300 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13301 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13304 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13306 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0xf) + 2)
13307 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 7) << 7)
13310 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13312 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
13313 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13315 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
13316 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13318 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
13319 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13321 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
13322 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13324 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
13325 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13327 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13329 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
13330 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13332 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13333 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13335 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13336 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13337 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13338 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13341 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13343 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
13344 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13346 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13347 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13348 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13352 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13354 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
13355 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13357 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
13358 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13360 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
13361 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13363 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13365 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13367 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
13368 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13370 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13371 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13372 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13373 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13377 /* LUI instruction. */
13379 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
13380 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13383 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13385 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
13386 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13388 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
13389 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13391 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13392 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13395 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13397 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13398 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13399 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13400 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13402 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13403 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13405 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
13406 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13407 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13408 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13411 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
13412 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13415 /* NOP instructions. */
13417 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
13418 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13420 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
13421 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13424 /* Instruction match support. */
13426 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13429 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
13431 unsigned long indx
;
13433 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
13434 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
13441 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13443 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13444 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13445 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13446 the second half of another instruction. */
13449 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13451 unsigned long opcode
;
13454 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13455 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
13456 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13458 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
13459 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
13460 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13463 /* No delay slot. */
13469 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13470 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13471 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13472 the second half of another instruction. */
13475 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13477 unsigned long opcode
;
13480 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13481 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
13482 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13484 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
13485 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13488 /* No delay slot. */
13494 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13495 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13498 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13500 unsigned long opcode
;
13502 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13503 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
13505 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
13507 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
13508 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13509 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
13511 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
13517 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13518 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13521 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13523 unsigned long opcode
;
13525 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13526 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
13528 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
13529 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13530 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
13532 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
13533 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13534 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
13535 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13536 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
13537 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
13538 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13539 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
13545 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13546 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13547 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13550 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
13551 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
13552 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
13554 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
13555 unsigned long opcode
;
13557 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13558 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
13561 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13562 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
13563 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
13569 /* Bitsize checking. */
13570 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13571 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13572 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13576 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13577 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13578 bfd_boolean
*again
)
13580 bfd_boolean insn32
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
)->insn32
;
13581 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13582 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13583 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13584 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
13585 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
13587 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13590 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13591 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13594 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
13595 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13596 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
13597 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
13600 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13602 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13603 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13604 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
13605 link_info
->keep_memory
));
13606 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13609 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13610 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13611 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13613 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
13614 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
13615 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
13616 unsigned long opcode
;
13622 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13623 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13627 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13629 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13630 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13631 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
13634 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13635 if (contents
== NULL
)
13637 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13638 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
13639 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13640 /* Go get them off disk. */
13641 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
13644 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
13646 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13647 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
13649 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13650 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13651 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
13652 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
13654 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13658 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13659 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
13661 /* A local symbol. */
13662 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13665 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
13666 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
13667 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
13668 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
13669 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13670 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
13671 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13673 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13674 symval
= (isym
->st_value
13675 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
13676 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
13677 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
13681 unsigned long indx
;
13682 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13684 /* An external symbol. */
13685 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13686 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
13687 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
13689 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
13690 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13691 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13692 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13693 regular reloc processing. */
13696 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
13697 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13698 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13699 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
13700 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
13704 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13705 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13706 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13707 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13708 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13709 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13710 the linker is run. */
13712 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13713 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
13716 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13718 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13719 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13721 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
13724 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13725 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13726 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13728 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13730 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13731 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13732 out the offset). */
13733 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
13735 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
13736 unsigned long nextopc
;
13740 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13742 if (irel
> internal_relocs
13743 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13744 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13747 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13748 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
13749 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13750 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
13753 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13754 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
13755 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13756 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13759 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
13760 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
13761 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
13762 it through if so. */
13763 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
13764 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
13765 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13766 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
13767 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
13768 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
13770 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13772 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
13775 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
13777 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
13778 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
13779 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
13780 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
13781 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
13782 switch (offset
- 4)
13787 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13791 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13798 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13800 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
13802 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
13805 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
13806 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
13807 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
13809 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
13810 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
13812 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13813 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
13815 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
13816 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
13817 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
13818 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
13819 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
13820 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13823 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
13824 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
13825 the PC-relative distance. */
13826 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
13827 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
13828 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
13829 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
13830 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
13832 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13833 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
13835 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
13836 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
13837 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
13839 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
13840 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13843 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
13847 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13848 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
13850 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
13855 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
13856 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
13857 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
13858 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
13859 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13860 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
13861 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13862 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
13864 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4),
13865 nop_insn_16
) ? 2 : 0))
13866 || (irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13867 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
,
13869 nop_insn_32
) ? 4 : 0))))
13873 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13875 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
13876 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
13877 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13878 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
13880 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
13882 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
13883 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
13887 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
13888 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13890 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13891 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
13892 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
13894 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13895 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
13897 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13900 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
13903 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13908 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
13909 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13911 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13912 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
13913 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13914 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
13915 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
13916 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
13920 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13922 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13923 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
13925 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13927 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
13928 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13929 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
13932 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13937 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
13939 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
13940 && target_is_micromips_code_p
13941 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13942 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
13944 unsigned long n32opc
;
13945 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
13947 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
13949 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
13951 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
13952 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
13956 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
13958 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
13960 (move_insn_16
.match
13961 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
13962 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
13967 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
13968 instructions will be handled here later. */
13972 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
13973 with 16-bit delay slot. */
13974 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
13976 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
13984 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
13985 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
13986 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13987 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13989 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
13990 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
13991 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
13994 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
13995 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
14000 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
14001 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
14003 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
14007 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
14008 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
14012 if (contents
!= NULL
14013 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
14015 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
14019 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
14020 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
14024 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
14025 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
14026 free (internal_relocs
);
14031 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
14032 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
14034 if (contents
!= NULL
14035 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
14037 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
14038 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
14039 free (internal_relocs
);
14044 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
14046 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
14047 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
14049 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
14050 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
14052 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
14056 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
14057 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
14058 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
14064 ret
->root
.init_plt_refcount
.plist
= NULL
;
14065 ret
->root
.init_plt_offset
.plist
= NULL
;
14067 return &ret
->root
.root
;
14070 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
14072 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
14073 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
14075 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
14077 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
14080 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14082 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
14083 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
14084 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
14089 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
14090 and copy relocs. */
14093 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14095 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
14098 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
14099 32-bit microMIPS instructions, and between making or ignoring
14100 branch relocation checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. */
14103 _bfd_mips_elf_linker_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean insn32
,
14104 bfd_boolean ignore_branch_isa
)
14106 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->insn32
= insn32
;
14107 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->ignore_branch_isa
= ignore_branch_isa
;
14110 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
14112 struct mips_mach_extension
14114 unsigned long extension
, base
;
14118 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
14119 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
14121 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] =
14123 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
14124 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
},
14125 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
14126 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
14127 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14128 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14130 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
14131 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14132 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14133 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14135 /* MIPS V extensions. */
14136 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
14138 /* R10000 extensions. */
14139 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14140 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14141 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14143 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
14144 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
14145 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
14146 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
14147 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
14148 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
14149 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
14151 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
14152 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14153 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14154 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14155 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14156 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14158 /* VR4100 extensions. */
14159 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14160 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14162 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14163 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14164 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14165 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14166 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14167 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14168 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14169 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14170 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14171 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14172 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14174 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14175 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
14177 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14178 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14179 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14181 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14182 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
14183 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
14186 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14189 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
14193 if (extension
== base
)
14196 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14197 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
14200 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14201 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
14204 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
14205 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
14207 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
14208 if (extension
== base
)
14215 /* Return the BFD mach for each .MIPS.abiflags ISA Extension. */
14217 static unsigned long
14218 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (unsigned int isa_ext
)
14222 case AFL_EXT_3900
: return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
14223 case AFL_EXT_4010
: return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
14224 case AFL_EXT_4100
: return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
14225 case AFL_EXT_4111
: return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
14226 case AFL_EXT_4120
: return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
14227 case AFL_EXT_4650
: return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
14228 case AFL_EXT_5400
: return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
14229 case AFL_EXT_5500
: return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
14230 case AFL_EXT_5900
: return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
14231 case AFL_EXT_10000
: return bfd_mach_mips10000
;
14232 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
14233 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
14234 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
14235 case AFL_EXT_SB1
: return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
14236 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
14237 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
;
14238 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
14239 case AFL_EXT_XLR
: return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
14240 default: return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
14244 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
14247 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd
*abfd
)
14249 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
14251 case bfd_mach_mips3900
: return AFL_EXT_3900
;
14252 case bfd_mach_mips4010
: return AFL_EXT_4010
;
14253 case bfd_mach_mips4100
: return AFL_EXT_4100
;
14254 case bfd_mach_mips4111
: return AFL_EXT_4111
;
14255 case bfd_mach_mips4120
: return AFL_EXT_4120
;
14256 case bfd_mach_mips4650
: return AFL_EXT_4650
;
14257 case bfd_mach_mips5400
: return AFL_EXT_5400
;
14258 case bfd_mach_mips5500
: return AFL_EXT_5500
;
14259 case bfd_mach_mips5900
: return AFL_EXT_5900
;
14260 case bfd_mach_mips10000
: return AFL_EXT_10000
;
14261 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
;
14262 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
;
14263 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
;
14264 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
: return AFL_EXT_SB1
;
14265 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON
;
14266 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
;
14267 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
;
14268 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
;
14269 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
: return AFL_EXT_XLR
;
14274 /* Encode ISA level and revision as a single value. */
14275 #define LEVEL_REV(LEV,REV) ((LEV) << 3 | (REV))
14277 /* Decode a single value into level and revision. */
14278 #define ISA_LEVEL(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) >> 3)
14279 #define ISA_REV(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) & 0x7)
14281 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
14284 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
)
14287 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
14289 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (1, 0); break;
14290 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (2, 0); break;
14291 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (3, 0); break;
14292 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (4, 0); break;
14293 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (5, 0); break;
14294 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 1); break;
14295 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 2); break;
14296 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 6); break;
14297 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 1); break;
14298 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 2); break;
14299 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 6); break;
14302 /* xgettext:c-format */
14303 (_("%B: Unknown architecture %s"),
14304 abfd
, bfd_printable_name (abfd
));
14307 if (new_isa
> LEVEL_REV (abiflags
->isa_level
, abiflags
->isa_rev
))
14309 abiflags
->isa_level
= ISA_LEVEL (new_isa
);
14310 abiflags
->isa_rev
= ISA_REV (new_isa
);
14313 /* Update the isa_ext if ABFD describes a further extension. */
14314 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
->isa_ext
),
14315 bfd_get_mach (abfd
)))
14316 abiflags
->isa_ext
= bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd
);
14319 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
14322 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
14324 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
14325 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
14326 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
14327 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14328 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14329 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14330 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
14331 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
);
14334 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
14337 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
* abiflags
)
14339 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14341 memset (abiflags
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
));
14342 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd
, abiflags
);
14344 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
))
14345 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14347 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14349 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14351 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14352 abiflags
->fp_abi
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14354 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14355 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14356 || (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14357 && abiflags
->gpr_size
== AFL_REG_32
))
14358 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14359 else if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14360 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14361 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
14362 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14364 abiflags
->cpr2_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14366 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14367 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MDMX
;
14368 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14369 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MIPS16
;
14370 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14371 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14373 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14374 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14375 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14376 && abiflags
->isa_level
>= 32
14377 && abiflags
->isa_ext
!= AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
)
14378 abiflags
->flags1
|= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG
;
14381 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14382 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14383 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14386 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14389 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
14390 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
14391 asection
*rtproc_sec
, *abiflags_sec
;
14392 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
14393 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
14394 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
14395 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14396 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
14397 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
14398 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
14403 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14405 static const char * const secname
[] =
14407 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14408 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14410 static const int sc
[] =
14412 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
14413 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
14416 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14418 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
14419 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14421 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
14424 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14426 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
14428 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
14432 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14433 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
14435 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14437 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14438 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14439 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
14440 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14441 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
14442 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
14443 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
14444 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14445 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
14446 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14447 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14448 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
14450 else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14452 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
14454 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14455 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14457 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
14460 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14461 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
14465 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14466 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14467 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14471 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14473 abiflags_sec
= NULL
;
14474 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
14476 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
14477 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
14478 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14480 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14482 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14483 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14484 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14485 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14487 asection
*input_section
;
14489 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14491 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14496 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14498 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14499 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14500 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14503 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14504 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
14506 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14507 matters, but someday it might). */
14508 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14513 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
14515 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
14517 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14518 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14519 the information together. */
14520 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14522 asection
*input_section
;
14524 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14527 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14529 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14534 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14535 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14537 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14538 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14541 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
14543 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
14544 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
14545 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
14546 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
14547 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
14549 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14550 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
14551 finally written out. */
14553 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14554 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14555 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14558 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14559 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
14561 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14562 matters, but someday it might). */
14563 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14568 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
14570 struct extsym_info einfo
;
14573 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14574 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14575 the information together. */
14576 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
14577 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14578 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
14579 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
14580 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
14581 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
14582 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
14583 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
14584 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
14585 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
14586 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
14587 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
14588 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
14590 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
14592 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14593 debug_info structure. */
14595 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
14596 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
14597 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
14598 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
14599 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
14601 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
14602 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
14603 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
14604 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
14606 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14607 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
14611 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
14615 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
14616 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
14617 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
14618 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
14620 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
14622 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
14623 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
14626 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
14627 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
14630 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
14631 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
14632 secname
[i
], &esym
))
14636 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14638 asection
*input_section
;
14640 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
14641 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
14645 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14647 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14652 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14653 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14655 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
14657 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14658 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14659 want to deal with it. */
14663 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
14664 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
14666 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
14668 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14669 read in the debugging information and set up an
14670 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14671 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14675 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14676 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
14677 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
14680 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14681 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14682 the linker global hash table and save the information
14683 for the output external symbols. */
14684 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
14685 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
14686 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
14687 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
14689 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
14690 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
14694 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14696 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
14697 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
14698 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
14699 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
14702 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
14703 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14704 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14705 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
14710 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
14711 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
14712 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
14718 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14719 free (input_debug
.line
);
14720 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
14721 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
14722 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
14723 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
14724 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
14725 free (input_debug
.ss
);
14726 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
14727 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
14728 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
14729 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
14731 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14732 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14733 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14736 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && bfd_link_pic (info
))
14738 /* Create .rtproc section. */
14739 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14740 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
14742 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
14743 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
14745 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
14748 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
14749 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
14753 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
14759 /* Build the external symbol information. */
14762 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
14764 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
14765 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14766 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
14770 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
14771 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
14773 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14774 matters, but someday it might). */
14775 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14780 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
14782 const char *subname
;
14785 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
14788 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
14789 information describing how the small data area would
14790 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
14791 not used in executables files. */
14792 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14794 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14796 asection
*input_section
;
14798 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14800 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14805 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14807 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14808 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14809 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14812 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
14813 currently matters, but someday it might). */
14814 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14816 /* Really remove the section. */
14817 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
14818 --abfd
->section_count
;
14823 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
14824 uninitialized data. */
14825 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
14826 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
14827 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
14832 /* xgettext:c-format */
14833 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
14834 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
14835 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
14839 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
14840 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
14841 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
14842 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
14843 case we must change the name of the output section. */
14844 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14845 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
14847 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
14848 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
14850 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
14851 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14852 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
14855 /* Set up the first entry. */
14857 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14858 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
14861 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
14862 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
14864 /* Combine the input sections. */
14865 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14867 asection
*input_section
;
14869 bfd_size_type size
;
14870 unsigned long last
;
14871 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
14873 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14875 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14880 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14881 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14883 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
14884 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
14885 sorted by ascending -G value. */
14886 size
= input_section
->size
;
14888 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14890 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
14892 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
14893 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
14899 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
14900 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
14901 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
14907 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
14909 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
14910 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
14913 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14915 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
14916 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
14918 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
14924 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
14927 /* We need a new table entry. */
14928 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14929 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
14930 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
14936 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
14937 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
14939 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
14940 value, since that will be implied by this new
14943 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14945 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
14947 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
14948 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
14952 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
14953 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14958 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14961 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14962 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14963 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14966 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
14968 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
14970 /* Swap out the table. */
14971 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14972 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
14973 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
14979 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
14980 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
14983 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14984 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
14986 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14987 matters, but someday it might). */
14988 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14992 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14993 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
14996 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
14998 if (abiflags_sec
!= NULL
)
15000 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
15001 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
;
15003 abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
15005 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
15006 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15008 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd
, abiflags
);
15009 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15011 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd
, abiflags
, &ext
);
15012 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, abiflags_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
15016 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
15018 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
15020 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
15021 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
15025 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
15027 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
15028 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
15030 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
15033 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
15036 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
15038 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
15039 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
15040 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
15044 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
15046 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
15047 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
15048 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
15052 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
15054 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
15055 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
15057 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
15058 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
15059 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
15067 /* Merge object file header flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error
15068 if there are conflicting settings. */
15071 mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15073 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15074 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15075 flagword old_flags
;
15076 flagword new_flags
;
15079 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15080 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15081 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
15083 /* Check flag compatibility. */
15085 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15086 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15088 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
15089 doesn't seem to matter. */
15090 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15091 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15093 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
15094 just be able to ignore this. */
15095 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15096 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15098 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
15099 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
15100 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15102 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
15107 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
15108 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
15111 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
15116 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
15117 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15118 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
15119 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
15121 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15122 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15124 /* Compare the ISAs. */
15125 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
15128 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
15132 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
15134 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
15135 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15137 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
15138 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
15139 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
15140 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
15141 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
15142 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
15143 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15145 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
15146 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15148 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
15149 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
15150 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
15151 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
15152 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15153 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15157 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
15159 /* xgettext:c-format */
15160 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15162 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
15163 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
15168 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15169 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15171 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
15172 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
15173 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
15174 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15175 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15177 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
15178 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15179 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15180 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15183 /* xgettext:c-format */
15184 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15186 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
15187 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
15190 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15191 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15194 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15195 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15196 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
15198 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15199 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15200 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15201 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15202 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
15203 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
15205 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
15208 /* xgettext:c-format */
15209 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15211 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15212 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15216 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15218 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15219 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15222 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15223 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
))
15225 /* xgettext:c-format */
15226 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15228 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15229 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15230 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15231 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15233 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15234 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15237 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15238 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
))
15240 /* xgettext:c-format */
15241 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15243 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15244 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15245 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15246 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15248 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15249 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15252 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15253 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
15255 /* xgettext:c-format */
15257 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules "
15259 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
15260 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
15267 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15268 there are conflicting attributes. */
15270 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15272 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15273 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
15274 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
15278 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
15279 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15280 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15281 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15283 abi_msa_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
;
15285 && in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15286 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
= ibfd
;
15288 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
15290 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
15291 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
15293 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
15295 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
15300 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
15301 non-conflicting ones. */
15302 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15303 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
15307 out_fp
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15308 in_fp
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15309 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
15310 if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15311 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_fp
;
15312 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15313 && (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15314 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15315 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15317 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15318 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15320 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15321 && (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15322 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15323 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15324 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15325 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15326 && in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15328 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15329 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15331 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15332 && out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15333 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15334 else if (in_fp
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15336 const char *out_string
, *in_string
;
15338 out_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp
);
15339 in_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp
);
15340 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
15341 if (!out_string
&& !in_string
)
15342 /* xgettext:c-format */
15344 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15345 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15346 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_fp
, in_fp
);
15347 else if (!out_string
)
15349 /* xgettext:c-format */
15350 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15351 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15352 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_fp
, in_string
);
15353 else if (!in_string
)
15355 /* xgettext:c-format */
15356 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
15357 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15358 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_string
, in_fp
);
15361 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
15362 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
15363 really relevant to the error message. */
15364 if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15365 out_string
= "-mhard-float";
15366 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15367 in_string
= "-mhard-float";
15369 /* xgettext:c-format */
15370 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15371 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_string
, in_string
);
15376 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
15377 non-conflicting ones. */
15378 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15380 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].type
= 1;
15381 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15382 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
;
15383 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15384 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15386 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15388 /* xgettext:c-format */
15389 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
15390 "%B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15391 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15392 "-mmsa", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15396 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15398 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15400 /* xgettext:c-format */
15401 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15402 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15403 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15404 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
, "-mmsa");
15409 /* xgettext:c-format */
15410 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15411 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15412 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15413 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15414 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15420 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
15421 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
15424 /* Merge object ABI flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15425 there are conflicting settings. */
15428 mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15430 obj_attribute
*out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15431 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15432 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15434 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15435 out_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15437 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15438 /* Merge abiflags. */
15439 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
,
15440 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
);
15441 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
,
15442 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
);
15443 out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
,
15444 in_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
);
15445 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
,
15446 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
);
15447 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
,
15448 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
);
15450 out_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
;
15451 out_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
;
15456 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
15457 object file when linking. */
15460 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15462 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15463 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
;
15464 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
;
15465 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
15469 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
15470 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
15473 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15478 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
15481 in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15482 out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15484 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
15487 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15492 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If not,
15493 then it has no attributes, and its flags may not have been initialized
15494 either, but it cannot actually cause any incompatibility. */
15495 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
15497 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15498 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15499 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15500 not affect compatibility. */
15501 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
15502 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
15503 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
15505 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
15506 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
15507 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
15509 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
15513 if (null_input_bfd
)
15516 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15517 if (in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15519 obj_attribute
*in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15520 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags
;
15521 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
15523 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15525 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15526 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
;
15528 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &abiflags
);
15529 in_abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15531 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15532 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15533 if (in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 3 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 5)
15534 in_abiflags
.isa_rev
= 2;
15536 if (LEVEL_REV (in_abiflags
.isa_level
, in_abiflags
.isa_rev
)
15537 < LEVEL_REV (abiflags
.isa_level
, abiflags
.isa_rev
))
15539 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15540 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15541 if (abiflags
.fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15542 && in_abiflags
.fp_abi
!= abiflags
.fp_abi
)
15544 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent FP ABI between .gnu.attributes and "
15545 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15546 if ((in_abiflags
.ases
& abiflags
.ases
) != abiflags
.ases
)
15548 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15549 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15550 /* The isa_ext is allowed to be an extension of what can be inferred
15552 if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
.isa_ext
),
15553 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (in_abiflags
.isa_ext
)))
15555 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15556 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15557 if (in_abiflags
.flags2
!= 0)
15559 (_("%B: warning: Unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15560 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd
,
15561 (unsigned long) in_abiflags
.flags2
);
15565 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &in_tdata
->abiflags
);
15566 in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15569 if (!out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15571 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15572 out_tdata
->abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15573 out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15576 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
15578 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
15579 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15580 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15581 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
15583 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
15584 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
15585 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
15586 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
15588 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
15589 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15592 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15593 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15599 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (ibfd
, info
);
15601 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
) && ok
;
15603 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (ibfd
, obfd
) && ok
;
15607 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15614 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15617 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
15619 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
15620 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
15622 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
15623 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
15628 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
15632 default: return "";
15633 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
15634 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15635 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
15636 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15637 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
15638 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15639 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
15640 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15641 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
15642 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15643 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
15644 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15646 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15647 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
15648 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15649 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
15650 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15651 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
15652 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15653 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
15654 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15655 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
15656 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15657 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
15658 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15659 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
15660 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15661 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
15662 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15663 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
15664 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15665 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
15666 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15667 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
15668 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL";
15669 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
15670 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15671 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
15672 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15673 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
15674 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15675 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
15676 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15677 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
15678 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15679 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
15680 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15681 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
15682 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15683 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
15684 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15685 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
15686 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15687 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
15688 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15689 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
15690 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15691 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
15692 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15693 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
15694 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15695 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
15696 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15697 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
15698 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15699 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
15700 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15701 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
15702 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15703 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
15704 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15705 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
15706 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15707 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
15708 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15709 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
15710 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15711 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
15712 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15713 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
15714 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15715 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
15716 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15717 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
15718 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15719 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
15720 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15721 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
15722 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15723 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
15724 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
15728 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
15732 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp
)
15736 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
15738 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15739 return "-mdouble-float";
15741 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15742 return "-msingle-float";
15744 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15745 return "-msoft-float";
15747 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15748 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
15750 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15753 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15754 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
15756 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15757 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
15765 print_mips_ases (FILE *file
, unsigned int mask
)
15767 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSP
)
15768 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file
);
15769 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR2
)
15770 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file
);
15771 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR3
)
15772 fputs ("\n\tDSP R3 ASE", file
);
15773 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_EVA
)
15774 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file
);
15775 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MCU
)
15776 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file
);
15777 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MDMX
)
15778 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file
);
15779 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS3D
)
15780 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file
);
15781 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MT
)
15782 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file
);
15783 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS
)
15784 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file
);
15785 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_VIRT
)
15786 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file
);
15787 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MSA
)
15788 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file
);
15789 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16
)
15790 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file
);
15791 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15792 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file
);
15793 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_XPA
)
15794 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file
);
15796 fprintf (file
, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
15797 else if ((mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
) != 0)
15798 fprintf (stdout
, "\n\t%s (%x)", _("Unknown"), mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
);
15802 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file
, unsigned int isa_ext
)
15807 fputs (_("None"), file
);
15810 fputs ("RMI XLR", file
);
15812 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
:
15813 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon3", file
);
15815 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
:
15816 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file
);
15818 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
:
15819 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file
);
15821 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
:
15822 fputs ("Loongson 3A", file
);
15824 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
:
15825 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file
);
15828 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file
);
15831 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file
);
15834 fputs ("LSI R4010", file
);
15837 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file
);
15840 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file
);
15842 case AFL_EXT_10000
:
15843 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file
);
15846 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file
);
15849 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file
);
15852 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file
);
15855 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file
);
15858 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file
);
15860 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
:
15861 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file
);
15863 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
:
15864 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file
);
15867 fprintf (file
, "%s (%d)", _("Unknown"), isa_ext
);
15873 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file
, int val
)
15877 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
:
15878 fprintf (file
, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
15880 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15881 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
15883 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15884 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
15886 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15887 fprintf (file
, _("Soft float\n"));
15889 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15890 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
15892 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15893 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
15895 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15896 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15898 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15899 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15902 fprintf (file
, "??? (%d)\n", val
);
15908 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size
)
15910 return (reg_size
== AFL_REG_NONE
) ? 0
15911 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_32
) ? 32
15912 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_64
) ? 64
15913 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_128
) ? 128
15918 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
15922 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
15924 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
15925 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
15927 /* xgettext:c-format */
15928 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
15930 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
15931 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
15932 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
15933 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
15934 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
15935 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
15936 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
15937 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
15938 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15939 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
15940 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
15941 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
15942 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
15943 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
15945 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
15947 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
15948 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
15949 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
15950 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
15951 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
15952 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
15953 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
15954 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
15955 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
15956 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
15957 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
15958 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
15959 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
15960 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
15961 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
15962 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
15963 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
15964 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
15965 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
)
15966 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r6]");
15967 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
)
15968 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r6]");
15970 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
15972 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
15973 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
15975 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
15976 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
15978 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15979 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
15981 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
)
15982 fprintf (file
, " [nan2008]");
15984 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
)
15985 fprintf (file
, " [old fp64]");
15987 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
15988 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
15990 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
15992 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
15993 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
15995 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
15996 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
15998 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
15999 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
16001 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
16002 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
16004 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
16005 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
16007 fputc ('\n', file
);
16009 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
16011 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
16012 fprintf (file
, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags
->version
);
16013 fprintf (file
, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags
->isa_level
);
16014 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
> 1)
16015 fprintf (file
, "r%d", abiflags
->isa_rev
);
16016 fprintf (file
, "\nGPR size: %d",
16017 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->gpr_size
));
16018 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
16019 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr1_size
));
16020 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
16021 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr2_size
));
16022 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file
);
16023 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file
, abiflags
->fp_abi
);
16024 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file
);
16025 print_mips_isa_ext (file
, abiflags
->isa_ext
);
16026 fputs ("\nASEs:", file
);
16027 print_mips_ases (file
, abiflags
->ases
);
16028 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags1
);
16029 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags2
);
16030 fputc ('\n', file
);
16036 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
16038 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16039 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16040 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
16041 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16042 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16043 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
16044 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
16047 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
16048 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
16049 definiton of the symbol. */
16051 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
16052 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
16053 bfd_boolean definition
,
16054 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16056 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
16058 unsigned char other
;
16060 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
16061 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
16062 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
16066 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
16067 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
16070 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
16071 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
16073 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
16075 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
16079 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
16081 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
16082 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
16083 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
16086 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
16087 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
16090 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
16091 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16094 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
16095 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
16098 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
16099 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
16100 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
16101 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
16102 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
16103 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
16104 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
16105 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
16108 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
16109 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16110 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16111 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
16114 static const char pltname
[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
16115 static const char microsuffix
[] = "@micromipsplt";
16116 static const char m16suffix
[] = "@mips16plt";
16117 static const char mipssuffix
[] = "@plt";
16119 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
16120 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
16121 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
16122 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
16123 bfd_byte
*plt_data
;
16124 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
16125 unsigned int other
;
16126 bfd_vma entry_size
;
16145 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0 || dynsymcount
<= 0)
16148 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
16149 if (relplt
== NULL
)
16152 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
16153 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) || hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
16156 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
16160 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
16161 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
16163 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
16165 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
16166 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
16167 PLT slots per relocation. */
16168 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
16169 counti
= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
16170 size
= 2 * count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
16171 size
+= count
* (sizeof (mipssuffix
) +
16172 (micromips_p
? sizeof (microsuffix
) : sizeof (m16suffix
)));
16173 for (pi
= 0; pi
< counti
; pi
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
16174 size
+= 2 * strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16176 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
16177 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof (pltname
);
16179 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, plt
, &plt_data
))
16182 if (plt
->size
< 16)
16185 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
16188 send
= s
+ 2 * count
+ 1;
16190 names
= (char *) send
;
16191 nend
= (char *) s
+ size
;
16194 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ 12);
16195 if (opcode
== 0x3302fffe)
16199 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16200 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16202 else if (opcode
== 0x0398c1d0)
16206 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16207 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16211 plt0_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16216 s
->flags
= BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_FUNCTION
| BSF_LOCAL
;
16220 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16221 memcpy (names
, pltname
, sizeof (pltname
));
16222 names
+= sizeof (pltname
);
16226 for (plt_offset
= plt0_size
;
16227 plt_offset
+ 8 <= plt
->size
&& s
< send
;
16228 plt_offset
+= entry_size
)
16230 bfd_vma gotplt_addr
;
16231 const char *suffix
;
16236 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4);
16238 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
16239 if (opcode
== 0x651aeb00)
16243 /* Truncated table??? */
16244 if (plt_offset
+ 16 > plt
->size
)
16246 gotplt_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 12);
16247 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16248 suffixlen
= sizeof (m16suffix
);
16249 suffix
= m16suffix
;
16250 other
= STO_MIPS16
;
16252 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
16253 else if (opcode
== 0xff220000)
16257 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0x7f;
16258 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16259 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
16261 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16262 gotplt_addr
+= ((plt
->vma
+ plt_offset
) | 3) ^ 3;
16263 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16264 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16265 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16266 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16268 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
16269 else if ((opcode
& 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
16271 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16272 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 6) & 0xffff;
16273 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16274 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16275 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16276 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16277 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16278 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16279 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16281 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
16284 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0xffff;
16285 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4) & 0xffff;
16286 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16287 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16288 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16289 entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
16290 suffixlen
= sizeof (mipssuffix
);
16291 suffix
= mipssuffix
;
16294 /* Truncated table??? */
16295 if (plt_offset
+ entry_size
> plt
->size
)
16299 i
< count
&& p
[pi
].address
!= gotplt_addr
;
16300 i
++, pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
);
16307 *s
= **p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
;
16308 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16309 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16310 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
16311 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
16312 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
16314 s
->value
= plt_offset
;
16316 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16318 len
= strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16319 namelen
= len
+ suffixlen
;
16320 if (names
+ namelen
> nend
)
16323 memcpy (names
, (*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
16325 memcpy (names
, suffix
, suffixlen
);
16326 names
+= suffixlen
;
16329 pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
;
16338 /* Return the ABI flags associated with ABFD if available. */
16340 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*
16341 bfd_mips_elf_get_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
)
16343 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
16345 return tdata
->abiflags_valid
? &tdata
->abiflags
: NULL
;
16349 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
16351 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
16352 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
16354 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
16357 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
16358 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
16360 if (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
16361 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 1;
16364 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd
, link_info
);
16366 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16367 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
16368 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 3;
16372 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_eh_encoding (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16374 return DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
;
16377 /* Return the opcode for can't unwind. */
16380 _bfd_mips_elf_cant_unwind_opcode (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16382 return COMPACT_EH_CANT_UNWIND_OPCODE
;